[go: up one dir, main page]

TW200813500A - Optical compensation film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display - Google Patents

Optical compensation film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display Download PDF

Info

Publication number
TW200813500A
TW200813500A TW096126855A TW96126855A TW200813500A TW 200813500 A TW200813500 A TW 200813500A TW 096126855 A TW096126855 A TW 096126855A TW 96126855 A TW96126855 A TW 96126855A TW 200813500 A TW200813500 A TW 200813500A
Authority
TW
Taiwan
Prior art keywords
film
liquid crystal
group
transparent support
rth
Prior art date
Application number
TW096126855A
Other languages
Chinese (zh)
Other versions
TWI420159B (en
Inventor
Yoshiaki Hisakado
Mitsuo Yoshikane
Hiromune Haruta
Susumu Sugiyama
Shigeo Kamihira
Nobutaka Fukagawa
Kazuhiro Nakamura
Original Assignee
Fujifilm Corp
Priority date (The priority date is an assumption and is not a legal conclusion. Google has not performed a legal analysis and makes no representation as to the accuracy of the date listed.)
Filing date
Publication date
Application filed by Fujifilm Corp filed Critical Fujifilm Corp
Publication of TW200813500A publication Critical patent/TW200813500A/en
Application granted granted Critical
Publication of TWI420159B publication Critical patent/TWI420159B/en

Links

Classifications

    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/133528Polarisers
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1343Electrodes
    • G02F1/134309Electrodes characterised by their geometrical arrangement
    • G02F1/134363Electrodes characterised by their geometrical arrangement for applying an electric field parallel to the substrate, i.e. in-plane switching [IPS]
    • GPHYSICS
    • G02OPTICS
    • G02FOPTICAL DEVICES OR ARRANGEMENTS FOR THE CONTROL OF LIGHT BY MODIFICATION OF THE OPTICAL PROPERTIES OF THE MEDIA OF THE ELEMENTS INVOLVED THEREIN; NON-LINEAR OPTICS; FREQUENCY-CHANGING OF LIGHT; OPTICAL LOGIC ELEMENTS; OPTICAL ANALOGUE/DIGITAL CONVERTERS
    • G02F1/00Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics
    • G02F1/01Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour 
    • G02F1/13Devices or arrangements for the control of the intensity, colour, phase, polarisation or direction of light arriving from an independent light source, e.g. switching, gating or modulating; Non-linear optics for the control of the intensity, phase, polarisation or colour  based on liquid crystals, e.g. single liquid crystal display cells
    • G02F1/133Constructional arrangements; Operation of liquid crystal cells; Circuit arrangements
    • G02F1/1333Constructional arrangements; Manufacturing methods
    • G02F1/1335Structural association of cells with optical devices, e.g. polarisers or reflectors
    • G02F1/13363Birefringent elements, e.g. for optical compensation
    • G02F1/133635Multifunctional compensators
    • GPHYSICS
    • G09EDUCATION; CRYPTOGRAPHY; DISPLAY; ADVERTISING; SEALS
    • G09GARRANGEMENTS OR CIRCUITS FOR CONTROL OF INDICATING DEVICES USING STATIC MEANS TO PRESENT VARIABLE INFORMATION
    • G09G2320/00Control of display operating conditions
    • G09G2320/02Improving the quality of display appearance
    • G09G2320/028Improving the quality of display appearance by changing the viewing angle properties, e.g. widening the viewing angle, adapting the viewing angle to the view direction

Landscapes

  • Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Nonlinear Science (AREA)
  • Mathematical Physics (AREA)
  • Chemical & Material Sciences (AREA)
  • Crystallography & Structural Chemistry (AREA)
  • General Physics & Mathematics (AREA)
  • Optics & Photonics (AREA)
  • Geometry (AREA)
  • Polarising Elements (AREA)
  • Liquid Crystal (AREA)

Abstract

The present invention provides an optical compensation film capable of effectively performing optical compensation in both a normal direction and an inclined direction to reduce the coloration of the image of a liquid crystal display in the viewing direction, especially for the VA, IPS and OCB mode of liquid crystal display. The said optical compensation film comprises a transparent support having at least one Rth increasing agent (retardation enhancer), and the degree of orientation P defined by the formula P = (3 cos2β -1)/2 measured with a X-ray diffraction method for the said transparent support is within the range of 0.05 to 0.30.

Description

200813500 九、發明說明: 【發明所屬的技術領域】 本發明係關於光學補償膜及其製造方法,偏光板,以 及液晶顯示裝置。 【先前技術】BACKGROUND OF THE INVENTION 1. Field of the Invention The present invention relates to an optical compensation film, a method of manufacturing the same, a polarizing plate, and a liquid crystal display device. [Prior Art]

液晶顯示裝置係具有液晶胞及偏光板。該偏光板一般 係具有由纖維素乙酸酯所構成的保護膜及偏光膜,例如, 其係將由聚乙烯醇膜所構成的偏光膜以碘加以染色,並加 以延伸,然後以保護膜積層其兩面所製得。 在透射型液晶顯示裝置,則將偏光板安裝於液晶胞之 兩側,並且也有再配置一片以上的光學補償膜之情形。 在反射型液晶顯示裝置,通常則將反射板、液晶胞、 一片以上之光學補償膜、偏光板依照此順序配置。 液晶胞係由液晶性分子、用於封入其所需之兩片基板 、及用於對液晶性分子施加電壓之電極層所構成。 液晶胞係以液晶性分子之配向狀態之差別來執行ON、 OFF顯示,且已有透射及反射型中任一種皆可適用之例如 TN (扭轉向列:Twisted Nematic ) 、IPS (面內切換:InThe liquid crystal display device has a liquid crystal cell and a polarizing plate. The polarizing plate generally has a protective film composed of cellulose acetate and a polarizing film. For example, a polarizing film composed of a polyvinyl alcohol film is dyed with iodine and stretched, and then laminated with a protective film. Made on both sides. In the transmissive liquid crystal display device, the polarizing plate is mounted on both sides of the liquid crystal cell, and there is also a case where one or more optical compensation films are further disposed. In the reflective liquid crystal display device, generally, a reflector, a liquid crystal cell, one or more optical compensation films, and a polarizing plate are arranged in this order. The liquid crystal cell is composed of a liquid crystal molecule, two substrates required for encapsulation thereof, and an electrode layer for applying a voltage to liquid crystal molecules. The liquid crystal cell system performs ON and OFF display with the difference in the alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules, and any of the transmission and reflection types are applicable, such as TN (Twisted Nematic), IPS (In-Plane Switching: In

Plane Switching ) 、OCB (光學補償彎曲:OpticallyPlane Switching ), OCB (optical compensation bending: Optically

Compensatory Bend) 、VA(垂直配向:Vertically Aligned)、 ECB(電控雙折射:Electrically ConUolled Birefringence)等 的顯示模式之提案。 在此等液晶顯示裝置中,對於需嬖高顯示品質的用途 ,則主要使用一種使用具有正的介電常數異方向性( 200813500 dielectric anisotropy)之向列型液晶分子,且以薄膜電晶 體驅動之9 0 °扭轉向列型液晶顯示裝置(在下文中則稱爲 「TN模式」)。 然而,TN模式係從正面觀看之時,雖然具有優越的顯 不特性’但是從斜向觀看時,卻具有對比度 (contrast )降 低,而造成如在灰階顯示時之亮度將反轉的灰階反轉( grayscale inversion )等所導致的顯示特性惡化之視角特性 ,因此迫切期望其能加以改善。Prosatory Bend), VA (Vertically Aligned), ECB (Electrically Controlled Birefringence) and other display modes. In such liquid crystal display devices, for applications requiring high display quality, a nematic liquid crystal molecule having a positive dielectric constant anisotropy (200813500 dielectric anisotropy) is mainly used, and is driven by a thin film transistor. A 90° twisted nematic liquid crystal display device (hereinafter referred to as "TN mode"). However, the TN mode has a superior display characteristic when viewed from the front, but has a contrast reduction when viewed from an oblique direction, and causes a gray scale whose brightness is reversed when displayed in gray scale. The viewing angle characteristics of deterioration of display characteristics caused by grayscale inversion or the like are desirably expected to be improved.

另一方面,例如IPS模式、OCB模式和VA模式之廣 視角液晶方式,近年來則隨著液晶電視機之需要增加而正 在擴大其市場佔有率。 然而,雖然各方式皆已逐年提高其顯示品質,但是從 斜向觀看時所產生之色位移(color shifting)問題並未獲 得解決。(參閱日本發明專利特開平第9 - 2 1 1 4 4 4號公報、 曰本發明專利特開平第1 1 -3 1 63 78號公報、日本發明專利 特開平第2-1 76625號公報、日本發明專利特開平第n_ 95208號公報、曰本發明專利特開第20034^34號公報、 日本發明專利特開平第1 1-95208號公報、日本發明專利特 開第2002-22 1 622號公報、日本發明專利特開平第9-80424 號公報、日本發明專利特開平第10-54982號公報、日本發 明專利特開平第〗^2(^3 23號公報、日本發明專利特開平 第9-292522號公報、日本發明專利特開平第n-mws號 公報、日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -3052 1 7號公報、及日本 發明專利特開平第1 0-30729 1號公報)On the other hand, the wide viewing angle liquid crystal method such as the IPS mode, the OCB mode, and the VA mode has been expanding its market share in recent years as the demand for liquid crystal televisions has increased. However, although each method has improved its display quality year by year, the problem of color shifting caused by oblique viewing has not been solved. (Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 2-1 76625, Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei No. Hei No. 2-1 76625 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 9-80424, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei 10-54982, Japanese Patent No. Hei-Ping No. 2, No. 2, No. 23, No. 9-292522, Japanese Patent Application No. 9-292522 Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. H-mws, Japanese Patent Application Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei.

200813500 該色位移之原因,已知其係起因於光學補償膜Re Rth之波長分散。特別是在Re之情況時,其係隨著波長 長而Re値會同時單調的增加之「反向分散」,在Rth之 況時,若爲隨著波長增長而Re値會同時單調的減少之「 向分散」時,則色調即將變成中性,且視角之角度變化 ' 造成的影響也是少。 然而,通常由於欲以一片即能獲得如上所述特性之 學補償膜則有困難,因此一向是使用兩片光學補償膜來 ♦現波長分散特性。 但是,若使用兩片光學補償膜時,則將導致適用該 的偏光板厚度增加。並且,由於也將涉及成本增加,因 一直在期望著以一片光學補償膜,即能使Re呈「反向分 」特性,使Rth呈「正向分散」特性之方法。 【發明內容】 本發明係以解決迄今爲止之上述問題,而達成如 述之目的爲其目的。亦即,其目的係提供一種不僅是 也將斜向之光學補償,藉由以一片光學補償膜來嚴密 施,則可減少在視角方向的著色之液晶顯示裝置,尤 VA、IPS和OCB模式之液晶顯示裝置。 本發明係爲獲得一種以一片即能正確地以光學方3 償液晶胞,改良在高對比度與在黑顯示(black display ) 相依於視角方向的色位移之光學補償膜,尤其是VA、 和Ο C B模式用之光學補償膜;其製造方法;以及使用表 偏光板,而經由本發明之發明人等專心檢討結果所達成 和 增 情 正 所 光 實 膜 此 散 ‘所 :面 ί實 :是 :補 時 IPS [之 200813500 解決如上所述課題之方法如下所述。亦即, 本發明之光學補償膜,其特徵爲具有含有至少一種Rth 上升劑之透明支撐體,且對該透明支撐體由X射線繞射測 定所計算得之以下式(A )所定義的「配向度P」爲〇.〇5 至 0 · 3 0 : P =< 3 cos2p- 1 > /2 式(A) 。但是’該式(A)中’ <cos2p>=i(0,7c) cos2pi(P) sinpdp/J ( 〇,π ) I ( β ) sinpdp 〇200813500 The reason for this color shift is known to be due to the wavelength dispersion of the optical compensation film Re Rth . Especially in the case of Re, the "reverse dispersion" of Re 値 will increase monotonously with the long wavelength. In the case of Rth, if the wavelength increases, Re 値 will monotonically decrease at the same time. When "scattering", the hue will become neutral, and the angle of view change will have less impact. However, it is generally difficult to obtain a compensation film having the above characteristics in a single piece, and therefore it has been conventional to use two optical compensation films to achieve the wavelength dispersion characteristics. However, if two optical compensation films are used, the thickness of the polarizing plate to which this is applied will increase. Further, since the cost is also increased, it has been desired to use an optical compensation film, that is, to make Re "reversely split" and to make Rth "positively dispersed". SUMMARY OF THE INVENTION The present invention has been made to solve the above-mentioned problems to date, and to achieve the object as described above. That is, the object is to provide a liquid crystal display device which can reduce the color in the viewing angle direction by optically compensating not only the optical compensation in the oblique direction, but also in the VA, IPS and OCB modes. Liquid crystal display device. The present invention is to obtain an optical compensation film which can correctly compensate the liquid crystal cell with an optical side in one piece, and improve the color shift in high contrast and black display depending on the viewing direction, especially VA, and Ο. The optical compensation film for the CB mode; the manufacturing method thereof; and the use of the polarizing plate, and the result of the intensive review of the results by the inventors of the present invention and the enhancement of the film by the light film: Time-based IPS [200813500 The method for solving the problem as described above is as follows. That is, the optical compensation film of the present invention is characterized in that it has a transparent support containing at least one Rth rising agent, and the transparent support is defined by the following formula (A) by X-ray diffraction measurement. The degree of alignment P" is 〇.〇5 to 0 · 3 0 : P =< 3 cos2p- 1 > /2 Formula (A). However, 'in the formula (A)' <cos2p>=i(0,7c) cos2pi(P) sinpdp/J ( 〇,π ) I ( β ) sinpdp 〇

另外,該式中,β係入射的X射線之入射面,與該透 明支撐體面內之某一方向所形成的角度,I係在以角度β所 測定之X射線繞射圖中2Θ= 8 °時之繞射強度。 本發明之光學補償膜之製造方法,其特徵爲包括··在 帶上流延含有至少一種Rth上升劑之透明支撐體的原料之 高分子溶液之流延步驟;用於乾燥由該流延步驟所製得之 膜之乾燥步驟;及在由該帶剝離膜後,以比該透明支撐體 之玻璃轉移溫度爲高出+ 1 5至+ 1 0 〇°C之溫度延伸該膜之延伸 步驟。 本發明之偏光板,其特徵爲該偏光板具有偏光膜、及 一對用於夾持該偏光膜之保護膜’該保護膜中至少一片係 具有含有至少一種Rth上升劑之透明支撐體,且對該透明 支撐體由X射線繞射測定所計算得之以上式(A )所定義 的配向度P爲〇.〇5至0.30之光學補償膜。 本發明之液晶顯示裝置,其特徵爲具有液晶胞及偏光 板,該偏光板具有偏光膜、及一對用於夾持該偏光膜之保護 200813500 膜,該保護膜中至少一片係具有含有至少一種Rth上升劑 之透明支撐體,且對該透明支撐體由X射線繞射測定所計 算得之以上式(A)所定義的配向度p爲〇.〇5至0.30之光 學補償膜。 【實施方式】 〔本發明之最佳實施方式之詳細敘述〕 以下,就本發明之光學補償膜、偏光板和液晶顯示裝 置詳加說明。Further, in the formula, the angle formed by the incident surface of the X-ray incident on the β-ray and the direction in the plane of the transparent support is I 在 = 8 ° in the X-ray diffraction pattern measured by the angle β. The diffraction intensity of time. A method for producing an optical compensation film of the present invention, characterized by comprising: a casting step of casting a polymer solution of a raw material containing a transparent support of at least one Rth rising agent on a belt; and drying for the casting step a drying step of the obtained film; and an extending step of extending the film at a temperature higher than a glass transition temperature of the transparent support by a temperature of + 15 to + 1 0 〇 ° C after the film is peeled off from the tape. The polarizing plate of the present invention is characterized in that the polarizing plate has a polarizing film and a pair of protective films for holding the polarizing film. At least one of the protective films has a transparent supporting body containing at least one Rth rising agent, and The optical compensation film defined by the above formula (A), which is calculated by X-ray diffraction measurement, is an optical compensation film of 〇.〇5 to 0.30. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention is characterized in that it has a liquid crystal cell and a polarizing plate, the polarizing plate has a polarizing film, and a pair of protective 200813500 films for holding the polarizing film, at least one of the protective films having at least one type The transparent support of the Rth rising agent, and the optical compensation film defined by the above formula (A) calculated by the X-ray diffraction measurement of the transparent support is an optical compensation film of 〇.5 to 0.30. [Embodiment] [Detailed Description of Preferred Embodiments of the Invention] Hereinafter, an optical compensation film, a polarizing plate and a liquid crystal display device of the present invention will be described in detail.

另外,在本實施方式之說明中,所謂的「4 5 °」、「 平行」或「正交」係意謂爲在小於嚴密角度士 5 °之範圍內 。與嚴密角度之誤差較佳爲小於4° ,更佳爲小於3° 。另 外,關於角度,「+」係意謂順時針方向,「一」係意謂反 時針方向。另外,「遲相軸」係意謂.折射率會爲最大之方 向。另外,「可見光區域」係指380至780 nm。並且,除 非另有加註,折射率之測定波長係在可見光區域(λ = 5 50 nm )之値。 另外,在本實施方式之說明中所謂的「偏光板」,除 非有特別加註,係以包含長尺寸之偏光板,及已裁剪成可 供組配於液晶裝置的大小之偏光板兩者的意思來使用。另 外,在此所謂的「裁剪」係應也包括「沖切」及「切出」 等0 另外,在本實施方式之說明中,則將「偏光膜( polarizing film)」與「偏光板(polarizing plate)」·區別 來使用,但是「偏光板」係意謂在「偏光膜」之至少單面 200813500 具有用於保護該偏光膜的透明保護膜之積層體。 另外,在本實施方式之說明所謂的「分子對稱軸」, 若分子具有旋轉對稱軸之情形時,雖然係指該對稱軸,但 是並非爲以嚴格的意思而要求分子必須爲旋轉對稱性。 一般而言,在圓盤狀(discotic )液晶性化合物中,分 子對稱軸係與對於貫穿圓盤面中心的圓盤面成垂直的軸一 致,而在棒狀(rod-like )液晶性化合物,分子對稱軸係與 分子之長軸一致.。Further, in the description of the present embodiment, the term "4 5 °", "parallel" or "orthogonal" means that it is within a range of less than a strict angle of 5 °. The error with the tight angle is preferably less than 4°, more preferably less than 3°. In addition, regarding the angle, "+" means clockwise, and "one" means counterclockwise. In addition, the "late phase axis" means that the refractive index will be the largest. In addition, the "visible light region" means 380 to 780 nm. Further, unless otherwise noted, the refractive index is measured in the visible light region (λ = 5 50 nm). In addition, in the description of the present embodiment, the "polarizing plate" is a polarizing plate including a long size and a polarizing plate of a size that can be assembled into a liquid crystal device unless otherwise specified. Meaning to use. In addition, the term "cutting" as used herein also includes "punching" and "cutting". In addition, in the description of the present embodiment, "polarizing film" and "polarizing plate" are used. "plate"" is used in a difference, but "polarizer" means a laminate having a transparent protective film for protecting the polarizing film on at least one side of the "polarizing film" 200813500. Further, in the case of the "molecular symmetry axis" in the description of the present embodiment, when the molecule has a rotational symmetry axis, the symmetry axis is referred to, but the molecule is not required to have rotational symmetry in a strict sense. In general, in a discotic liquid crystal compound, a molecular symmetry axis is aligned with a perpendicular axis to a disk surface passing through the center of the disk surface, and in a rod-like liquid crystal compound, The molecular symmetry axis is consistent with the long axis of the molecule.

另外,在本說明書中,Re ( λ )、Rth ( ^係分別代表在 波長λ的面內之遲滯和在厚度方向之遲滯。Re ( ^係在 KOBRA 2 1ADH、或 WR (王子計測器股份有限公司(0j i Scientific Instruments,Ltd.)製造),將波長 ληιη 之光入 射於膜法線方向所測定。 被測定之膜,若爲可以單軸或雙軸之折射率橢圓體所 表示者時,則可以如下所述之方法來計算得Rth(5〇。In addition, in the present specification, Re ( λ ) and Rth (where ^ represents the hysteresis in the plane of the wavelength λ and the hysteresis in the thickness direction, respectively. Re ( ^ is in KOBRA 2 1ADH, or WR (Prince Measurer Limited) The company (manufactured by 0j i Scientific Instruments, Ltd.) measures the light of the wavelength ληιη incident on the normal direction of the film. When the film to be measured is represented by a uniaxial or biaxial refractive index ellipsoid, Rth (5〇) can be calculated by the method described below.

Rth ( λ)係將如上所述之Re ( λ),以面內之遲相軸(可 以K0BRA 2 1ADH、或WR來判斷)爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸)( 若無遲相軸時,則以膜面內任意方向作爲旋轉軸),對於 膜法線方向從法線方向至單側50°爲止,以10°間隔分別 由其傾斜的方向入射波長爲ληιη之光,且全部測定6個, 然後,KOBRA 21ADH或WR則將根據該測定的遲滯値與平 均折射率之假設値及經輸入的膜厚値來加以計算。 如上所述,若爲由法線方向以面內之遲相軸爲旋轉軸 ,而在某一傾斜角度具有遲滯之値會成爲零的方向之膜時 -10- 200813500 ,則在比其傾斜角度爲大的傾斜角度下之遲滯値係經使其 符號變更爲負後,由KOBRA21ADH、或WR來加以計算。 另外,也可以遲相軸爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸)(若無遲相 軸時,則設以膜面內任意方向爲旋轉軸),由任意傾斜的 二方向測定遲滯値,然後,根據該値與平均折射率之假設 値及經輸入的膜厚値,以下式(B )和式(C )來計算得 Rth 〇 cos {sin ^ ^--)) nx (nysin(sin - ^ )}2 + {nz cos(sin - \ )}2 hx nx 式(B ) 但是,在上式中,Re ( Θ )係代表在由法線方向以角度 Θ傾斜的方向之遲滯値。Rth ( λ) is the above-mentioned Re ( λ) with the in-plane slow axis (which can be judged by K0BRA 2 1ADH, or WR) as the tilt axis (rotary axis) (if there is no late phase axis, In any direction of the film plane as a rotation axis), light having a wavelength of ληιη is incident at a distance of 10° from the normal direction to a single side at 50°, and all of them are measured, and then all six are measured, and then KOBRA 21ADH or WR will be calculated based on the hysteresis 値 and the average refractive index of the measurement and the input film thickness 値. As described above, if the retardation axis in the in-plane direction is the rotation axis from the normal direction, and the film having the hysteresis at a certain inclination angle becomes the film in the direction of zero - 10 200813500, the angle is inclined The hysteresis for a large tilt angle is calculated by KOBRA21ADH, or WR after the sign is changed to negative. In addition, the slow axis may be the tilt axis (rotation axis) (if there is no slow phase axis, the arbitrary direction in the film plane is the rotation axis), and the hysteresis is measured by the two directions of any inclination, and then the hysteresis is measured. With the assumption of the average refractive index and the input film thickness 値, Rth 〇cos {sin ^ ^--)) nx (nysin(sin - ^ )}2 + is calculated by the following equations (B) and (C). {nz cos(sin - \ )}2 hx nx Equation (B) However, in the above formula, Re ( Θ ) represents the hysteresis 方向 in the direction inclined by the angle Θ from the normal direction.

另外,在式(B )中,nx係代表在面內之遲相軸方向 的折射率,ny係代表在面內正交於nx之方向的折射率,nz 係代表正交於nx和ny的方向之折射率。Further, in the formula (B), nx represents a refractive index in the in-plane axis direction, ny represents a refractive index in the plane orthogonal to nx, and nz represents orthogonal to nx and ny. The refractive index of the direction.

Rth = ( (nx + ny)/2— nz)xd 式(C) 〇 若被測定之膜無法以單軸或雙軸之折射率橢圓體表示 者,即所謂的無光學軸的膜時,則以下列方法來計算Rth ( λRth = ( (nx + ny)/2 - nz)xd (C) 〇 If the film to be measured cannot be represented by a uniaxial or biaxial refractive index ellipsoid, that is, a so-called film without an optical axis, then Calculate Rth (λ) in the following way

Rth ( u係將如上所述之Re ( λ),以面內之遲相軸(可 以KOBRA 2 1ADH、或WR來判斷)爲傾斜軸(旋轉軸)’ 對於膜法線方向從一 50。直到 + 50°爲止,以1〇°間隔分 別由其傾斜的方向入射波長爲ληιη之光,並測定1 1個’然 200813500 後,KOBRA 2 1ADH或WR則將根據該測定的遲滯値與平均 折射率之假設値及經輸入的膜厚値來加以計算。Rth (u system will be Re (λ) as described above, with the in-plane retardation axis (can be judged by KOBRA 2 1ADH, or WR) as the tilt axis (rotation axis)' for the film normal direction from one to 50. +50°, the light of the wavelength ληιη is incident from the direction of inclination at intervals of 1〇°, and after measuring 1 1 '200813500, KOBRA 2 1ADH or WR will be based on the measured hysteresis and average refractive index. The assumptions are calculated by the input film thickness 値.

另外,關於如上所述之測定中,平均折射率之假設値 ,係可使用高分子手冊(Polymer Handbook ) ( JOHNIn addition, regarding the assumption of the average refractive index in the above-described measurement, the Polymer Handbook (JOHN) can be used.

WILEY & SONS,INC )、各種光學薄膜之產品目錄値。對於 平均折射率之値並非爲已知時,則可以阿貝(Abbe )折射 計來測定。主要的光學薄膜之平均折射率之値例示如下: 醯化纖維素(1.48)、環烯烴高分子(1·52)、聚碳酸酯( 1.59)、聚甲基丙烯酸甲酯(1.49)、聚苯乙烯(1·59)。 經輸入該等平均折射率之假設値與膜厚,則KOBRA 21ADH 或WR可計算得nx、ny、ηζ。由該所計算得之nx,ny,ηζ, 可又計算得 Νζ = ( ηχ— ηζ) / ( nx— ny)。 另外,在本說明書中,最大吸收波長(Xmax)係在UV-3150(島津製作所股份有限公司(Shimadzu Corp·)製造) 所測定之値。 (液晶顯示裝置之構成) 第1圖係展示本發明之液晶顯示裝置構成圖。 如第1圖所示,OCB模式之液晶顯示裝置,係具有由 在施加電壓時,亦即在黑顯示時液晶係對基板面彎曲配向 之液晶層,及用於夾住該液晶層之基板6和基板8所構成 的液晶胞。 基板6和基板8係在液晶層側之面已實施配向處理。 其配向方向(摩擦方向)以箭頭標記RD表示。另外,背面 則以虛線箭頭標記表示。偏光膜1、1 01係配置成夾住液晶 200813500 胞之狀態,同時配置成使偏光膜1之透射軸2與偏光膜1 0 1 之透射軸1 02是相互成正交,且與液晶胞之液晶層的RD方 向成4 5 °之角度。 在偏光膜1(101)與液晶胞之間配設光學補償膜13Α ' (113Α ),光學補償膜13Α ( 113Α )係由醯化纖維素膜 ^ ' 1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a ),與碟狀化合物之分子係經以對於膜平面的傾 斜角係在厚度方向不同的混成(hybrid )配向狀態所固定化 之光學異方向性層(optically anisotropic layer) 5(9)所 Φ 構成。醯化纖維素膜13a ( 113a)係使其遲相軸14a ( 114a )與鄰接偏光膜1 (101)的透射軸2(102)之方向呈平行 配置。WILEY & SONS, INC), a catalogue of various optical films. When the mean refractive index is not known, it can be measured by an Abbe refractometer. The average refractive index of the main optical film is exemplified as follows: deuterated cellulose (1.48), cycloolefin polymer (1·52), polycarbonate ( 1.59), polymethyl methacrylate (1.49), polyphenylene Ethylene (1·59). By inputting the assumption of the average refractive index and the film thickness, KOBRA 21ADH or WR can calculate nx, ny, ηζ. From this calculated nx,ny,ηζ, we can calculate Νζ = ( ηχ - ηζ) / ( nx - ny). In addition, in the present specification, the maximum absorption wavelength (Xmax) is measured by UV-3150 (manufactured by Shimadzu Corp.). (Configuration of Liquid Crystal Display Device) Fig. 1 is a view showing the configuration of a liquid crystal display device of the present invention. As shown in FIG. 1, the OCB mode liquid crystal display device has a liquid crystal layer which is bent and aligned on the substrate surface when a voltage is applied, that is, in a black display, and a substrate 6 for sandwiching the liquid crystal layer. And a liquid crystal cell composed of the substrate 8. The alignment treatment is performed on the surface of the substrate 6 and the substrate 8 on the liquid crystal layer side. Its alignment direction (friction direction) is indicated by an arrow mark RD. In addition, the back side is indicated by a dotted arrow mark. The polarizing films 1, 101 are arranged to sandwich the state of the liquid crystal 200813500, and are arranged such that the transmission axis 2 of the polarizing film 1 and the transmission axis 102 of the polarizing film 1 0 1 are orthogonal to each other, and the liquid crystal cell The RD direction of the liquid crystal layer is at an angle of 4 5 °. An optical compensation film 13Α' (113Α) is disposed between the polarizing film 1 (101) and the liquid crystal cell, and the optical compensation film 13Α (113Α) is made of a cellulose-deposited film ^ ' 1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a ), The molecular structure of the dish-like compound is constituted by an optically anisotropic layer 5 (9) Φ which is fixed in a hybrid alignment state in which the inclination angle of the film plane is different in the thickness direction. The deuterated cellulose film 13a (113a) has its retardation axis 14a (114a) arranged in parallel with the direction of the transmission axis 2 (102) of the adjacent polarizing film 1 (101).

第1圖中之液晶胞,係由上側基板6和下側基板8、 與由爲該等所夾住之液晶分子7所形成的液晶層所構成。 在接觸於基板6和基板8的液晶分子7之表面(在下文也 有稱爲「內面」之情形)形成配向膜(未圖示),並在無 施加電壓狀態、或低施加狀態的液晶分子7之配向係控制 在具有預傾斜角之平行方向。 另外,在基板6和基板8之內面,則形成可對於由液 晶分子7所構成的液晶層施加電壓之透明電極(未圖示) 在本發明中,液晶層厚度d ( μηι )與折射率異方向性 △ η之乘積Δη · d,較佳爲設定在0.1至1.5 μπι,更佳爲設定 在0.2至1.5μπι,且進一步更佳爲設定在0·3至1.2μιη,特 佳爲設定在0.4至1.0 μηι。若在該等之範圍時,由於在施加 200813500 白電壓時的白顯示(white display )之亮度高,可製得明亮 的高對比度之顯示裝置。關於所使用的液晶材料雖然並無 特殊限制,但是’在對上下的基板6和基板8 .之間施加電 場之模式時,則使用如液晶分子7會向電場方向平行應答 般的介電常數異方向性爲正的液晶材料。 例如,將液晶胞製成爲OCB模式之液晶胞時,則可在 上側基板6與下側基板8之間使用介電異方向性爲正,且 Δη = 0 · 1 6、Αε = 5程度之向列型液晶材料等。The liquid crystal cell in Fig. 1 is composed of an upper substrate 6 and a lower substrate 8, and a liquid crystal layer formed of liquid crystal molecules 7 sandwiched therebetween. An alignment film (not shown) is formed on the surface of the liquid crystal molecules 7 contacting the substrate 6 and the substrate 8 (hereinafter also referred to as "inner surface"), and liquid crystal molecules are not applied in a voltage state or in a low applied state. The alignment of 7 is controlled in a parallel direction with a pretilt angle. Further, on the inner surfaces of the substrate 6 and the substrate 8, a transparent electrode (not shown) capable of applying a voltage to the liquid crystal layer composed of the liquid crystal molecules 7 is formed. In the present invention, the liquid crystal layer has a thickness d (μηι) and a refractive index. The product Δη · d of the different directionality Δ η is preferably set to 0.1 to 1.5 μm, more preferably set to 0.2 to 1.5 μm, and still more preferably set to be 0.3 to 1.2 μm, particularly preferably set at 0.4 to 1.0 μηι. In the case of these ranges, since the brightness of the white display when the white voltage of 200813500 is applied is high, a bright high-contrast display device can be obtained. The liquid crystal material to be used is not particularly limited, but when a mode of applying an electric field between the upper and lower substrates 6 and the substrate 8 is used, a dielectric constant such as that the liquid crystal molecules 7 are parallel to the electric field direction is used. A liquid crystal material with a positive directivity. For example, when the liquid crystal cell is made into a liquid crystal cell of the OCB mode, the dielectric anisotropy can be used between the upper substrate 6 and the lower substrate 8, and Δη = 0 · 16 6 and Α ε = 5 Column type liquid crystal materials, etc.

關於液晶層之厚度d,雖然並無特殊限制,但是在使 用如上所述範圍之特性的液晶時,則可設定在約4μιη。由 於在白顯示時之亮度係視厚度d、與施加白電壓時的折射率 異方向性An之乘積An · d的大小而變化,因此若欲在施加 白電壓時獲得足夠的亮度時,則在無施加狀態之液晶層的 △ η · d較佳爲設定在0.4至1 ·0μιη之範圍。 另外,在OCB模式之液晶顯示裝置,在ΤΝ模式之液 晶顯示裝置所一般慣用之添加對掌性劑(chiral agent ), 雖然因會導致動態應答特性之劣化而較少使用,但是也有 爲減少配向不良而添加之情形。 並且,在製成爲多域(multi-domain)結構之情形時, 鲁 則在調整各域之間的境界區域液晶分子之配向上是有利。 所謂的「多域結構」,係指將液晶顯示裝置之一像素 予以分割成複數個區域之結構。例如,在OCB模式中,若 採取多域結構時,亮度或色調之視角特性則將獲得改善, 因此爲較佳。 -14- 200813500 具體而言,經將各像素以液晶分子之初期配向狀態互 不相同的2個以上(較佳爲4或8個)之區域來構成以加 以平均化,則可減少相依於視角的亮度或色調之偏移。另 外,將各像素由在施加電壓狀態時液晶分子之配向方向係 連續變化的互不相同的2個以上之區域來構成時,則也能 獲得相同功效。The thickness d of the liquid crystal layer is not particularly limited, but may be set at about 4 μm when a liquid crystal having the characteristics as described above is used. Since the brightness in the white display varies depending on the magnitude of the product d·d of the thickness d and the refractive index anisotropy An when the white voltage is applied, if sufficient brightness is to be obtained when the white voltage is applied, then Δη·d of the liquid crystal layer having no applied state is preferably set in the range of 0.4 to 1.0 μm. Further, in the OCB mode liquid crystal display device, a chiral agent which is generally used in a liquid crystal display device of a ΤΝ mode is used less because of deterioration of dynamic response characteristics, but also has a reduced alignment. Bad additions. Further, in the case of being made into a multi-domain structure, it is advantageous to adjust the alignment of the liquid crystal molecules in the boundary region between the domains. The "multi-domain structure" refers to a structure in which one pixel of a liquid crystal display device is divided into a plurality of regions. For example, in the OCB mode, if a multi-domain structure is adopted, the viewing angle characteristics of luminance or hue will be improved, and therefore it is preferable. -14- 200813500 Specifically, by averaging two or more (preferably four or eight) regions in which the initial alignment state of the liquid crystal molecules is different from each other, the pixel can be reduced in dependence on the viewing angle. The shift in brightness or hue. Further, when each pixel is composed of two or more regions which are different from each other in the direction in which the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules continuously changes when the voltage is applied, the same effect can be obtained.

透明支撐體1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a )也可用作爲光學異方向性層5 (9)之支撐體,也可用作爲偏光膜1 ( 1 〇 1 )之保護膜,也 可具有該兩者之功能。亦即,偏光膜1(101)、透明支撐 體13a(113a)、及光學異方向性層5(9)係可製成一體 化的積層體而組裝於液晶顯示裝置內部,也可分別作爲單 獨構件來組裝。 另外,雖然也可爲在透明支撐體13a (113a)與偏光膜 1 ( 1 〇 1 )之間,另外配置偏光膜用保護膜之構成,但是較 佳爲未予配置該保護膜者。透明支撐體13a之遲相軸14a 與透明支撐體113a之遲相軸114a,較佳爲互相實質地成平 行或正交。若透明支撐體13a之遲相軸14a與透明支撐體 1 13a之遲相軸1 14a是互相成正交時,則藉由互相抵消各透 明支撐體之雙折射,則可減少垂直入射於液晶顯示裝置的 光之光學特性將劣化之問題。另外,在遲相軸14a與114a 互相平行之方式,若在液晶層有殘留相位差時,則藉由保 護膜之雙折射可補償該相位差。 關於偏光膜1 ( 101)之透射軸2 ( 102)、透明支撐體 13a ( 113a)之遲相軸方向14a ( 114a)、以及液晶分子7 -15- 200813500 之配向方向,則因應使用於各構件之材料、顯示模式、構 件之積層結構等而加以調整爲最適範圍。亦即’將偏光膜1 之透射軸2與偏光膜101之透射軸102予以配置成互相實 質地正交。但是本發明之液晶顯示裝置’並不受限於此等 構成。 光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )係配置在透明支撐體1 3 a (The transparent support 1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a ) can also be used as a support for the optically isotropic layer 5 (9), and can also be used as a protective film for the polarizing film 1 (1 〇 1 ), or both. Features. In other words, the polarizing film 1 (101), the transparent support 13a (113a), and the optically isotropic layer 5 (9) can be integrated into a liquid crystal display device as an integrated laminate, or can be separately used as separate Components are assembled. Further, a configuration may be adopted in which a protective film for a polarizing film is disposed between the transparent support 13a (113a) and the polarizing film 1 (1 〇 1 ), but it is preferable that the protective film is not disposed. The retardation axis 14a of the transparent support 13a and the retardation axis 114a of the transparent support 113a are preferably substantially parallel or orthogonal to each other. When the retardation axis 14a of the transparent support 13a and the retardation axis 1 14a of the transparent support 1 13a are orthogonal to each other, by perpendicularly canceling the birefringence of each transparent support, vertical incidence can be reduced on the liquid crystal display. The optical properties of the device will degrade. Further, when the retardation axes 14a and 114a are parallel to each other, if there is a residual phase difference in the liquid crystal layer, the phase difference can be compensated by the birefringence of the protective film. Regarding the transmission axis 2 (102) of the polarizing film 1 (101), the retardation axis direction 14a (114a) of the transparent support 13a (113a), and the alignment direction of the liquid crystal molecules 7-15-200813500, it is used for each member. The material, the display mode, and the laminated structure of the members are adjusted to the optimum range. That is, the transmission axis 2 of the polarizing film 1 and the transmission axis 102 of the polarizing film 101 are disposed so as to be substantially orthogonal to each other. However, the liquid crystal display device 'of the present invention' is not limited to this configuration. The optically oriented layer 5 ( 9 ) is disposed on the transparent support 1 3 a (

1 1 3 a )與液晶胞之間。光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )就是由液晶 性化合物,例如含有棒狀化合物或碟狀化合物之組成物所 形成的層。 在光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )中,液晶性化合物之分子係 固定在特定的配向狀態。 在光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )中之液晶性化合物之分子對 稱軸,其至少在透明支撐體13a( 113a)之界面的配向平均 方向5a(9a),與透明支撐體13a(113a)之面內之遲相 軸14a ( 114a),係以大致45°成交叉。若以此種關係配置 時,則光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )將可對來自於法線方向之入 射光使其產生遲滯,使得不至於造成光漏,且對來自於斜 向之入射光充分發揮本發明之功效。在液晶胞側之界面, 光學異方向性層5(9)之分子對稱軸的配向平均方向,較 佳爲對透明支撐體13a(113a)之面內之遲相軸14a(114a )大致成45° 。 另外,光學異方向性層5之液晶性化合物分子對稱軸 之偏光膜側(光學異方向性層界面側)的配向平均方向5 a ,較佳爲與位於較近的偏光膜1之透射軸2大致配置成 -16- 200813500 45° 。相同地光學異方向性層9之液晶性化合物分子對稱 軸之偏光膜側(光學異方向性層界面側)的配向平均方向 9a,較佳爲位於較近的偏光膜101之透射軸102大致配置 成45° 。若以此種關係配置時,則可因應光學異方向性層 5 ( 9 )所產生的遲滯,與在液晶層產生的遲滯之和而執行 光開關,且對來自於斜向的入射光充分地發揮本發明之功 效。 〈影像顯示之原理〉1 1 3 a ) between the liquid crystal cells. The optically anisotropic layer 5 (9) is a layer formed of a liquid crystalline compound such as a composition containing a rod-like compound or a discotic compound. In the optically anisotropic layer 5 (9), the molecular system of the liquid crystalline compound is fixed in a specific alignment state. The molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystalline compound in the optically anisotropic layer 5 (9), at least in the alignment average direction 5a (9a) at the interface of the transparent support 13a (113a), and the transparent support 13a (113a) The retardation axes 14a (114a) in the plane intersect at approximately 45°. When configured in such a relationship, the optically isotropic layer 5 ( 9 ) will cause hysteresis to incident light from the normal direction so as not to cause light leakage, and incident light from oblique direction The effects of the present invention are fully exerted. At the interface of the liquid crystal cell side, the alignment average direction of the molecular symmetry axis of the optically anisotropic layer 5 (9) is preferably 45 for the retardation axis 14a (114a) in the plane of the transparent support 13a (113a). ° . Further, the alignment average direction 5 a of the polarizing film side (optical anisotropic layer interface side) of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound of the optically anisotropic layer 5 is preferably the transmission axis 2 of the polarizing film 1 which is located closer. Approximate configuration is -16- 200813500 45°. The alignment average direction 9a of the polarizing film side (optical anisotropic layer interface side) of the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound of the optically anisotropic layer 9 is preferably substantially disposed on the transmission axis 102 of the polarizing film 101 which is closer. In 45°. When arranged in such a relationship, the optical switch can be performed in response to the hysteresis generated by the optical anisotropic layer 5 ( 9 ) and the hysteresis generated in the liquid crystal layer, and the incident light from the oblique direction can be sufficiently The effects of the present invention are exerted. <Principles of Image Display>

其次,參閱第1圖,液晶顯示裝置的影像顯示之原理 說明如下。 在對液晶胞之基板6和基板8之各透明電極(未圖示 )施加對應於黑的驅動電壓之驅動狀態時,液晶層中之液 晶分子7則呈彎曲配向,其時之面內遲滯則以光學異方向 性層5 ( 9 )之面內遲滯加以相抵,其結果,入射的光之偏 光狀態係幾乎不變化。由於偏光膜1之透射軸2與偏光膜 1 〇 1之透射軸1 02係呈正交,從下側入射之光,則爲偏光膜 1 〇 1所偏光,並仍然維持在偏光狀態下,通過液晶胞而爲偏 光膜1所遮斷。 亦即,在第1圖之液晶顯示裝置,可在驅動狀態實現 理想的黑顯示。與此相對,在對透明電極(未圖示)施加 對應於白的驅動電壓之驅動狀態時,液晶層中之液晶分子7 將呈與對應於黑的彎曲配向不同的彎曲配向,使得在正面 之面內遲滯即變化成在黑時之情況。其結果,導致無法以 光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )之面內遲滯來相抵而通過液晶胞, -17- 200813500 使得偏光狀態變化而通過偏光膜1。亦即,可獲得白顯示。 以往,在OCB模式中,則有即使正面之對比度爲高, 但是在斜向卻會降低之課題。在黑顯示時,相對於在正面 則可藉由液晶胞與光學異方向性層之補償而獲得高對比度 ’但是若從斜向觀察時,則將在液晶分子7產生雙折射及 偏光軸的旋轉。Next, referring to Fig. 1, the principle of image display of the liquid crystal display device will be described below. When a driving state corresponding to a driving voltage of black is applied to each of the transparent electrodes (not shown) of the substrate 6 and the substrate 8 of the liquid crystal cell, the liquid crystal molecules 7 in the liquid crystal layer are curved and aligned, and the in-plane retardation at that time is The in-plane hysteresis of the optically isotropic layer 5 (9) is offset, and as a result, the polarization state of the incident light hardly changes. Since the transmission axis 2 of the polarizing film 1 and the transmission axis 102 of the polarizing film 1 〇1 are orthogonal, the light incident from the lower side is polarized by the polarizing film 1 〇1 and remains in the polarized state. The liquid crystal cell is blocked by the polarizing film 1. That is, in the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 1, an ideal black display can be realized in the driving state. On the other hand, when a driving state corresponding to the driving voltage of white is applied to the transparent electrode (not shown), the liquid crystal molecules 7 in the liquid crystal layer will have a curved alignment different from the curved alignment corresponding to black, so that the front side is The in-plane hysteresis changes to the case of black. As a result, it is impossible to pass through the liquid crystal cell by the in-plane retardation of the optical anisotropic layer 5 (9), and the polarization state is changed to pass through the polarizing film 1 by -17-200813500. That is, a white display can be obtained. Conventionally, in the OCB mode, even if the contrast of the front side is high, the problem is reduced in the oblique direction. In the case of black display, high contrast can be obtained by compensation of the liquid crystal cell and the optical anisotropic layer on the front side. However, when viewed from an oblique direction, birefringence and polarization of the polarization axis are generated in the liquid crystal molecule 7. .

並且,偏光膜1之透射軸2與偏光膜101之透射軸 102的交叉角,雖然在正面即爲90°之正交,但是從斜向 觀看時,則將從90°偏移。迄今爲止,則有因該兩因素而 導致在斜向則造成1漏光,使得對比度降低之問題。 在第1圖所示構成之本發明之液晶顯示裝置,則藉由 使用在各R、G、B之Re/Rth係不一致,且具有符合特定條 件的光學特性之透明支撐體1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a )來減少在黑顯示時 之斜向光漏(light leakage )以改善對比度。 更詳而言,本發明係藉由使用具有如上所述光學特性 之透明支撐體和光學異方向性層,以實現對於斜向入射的 R、G、B各波長之光,以各波長不同的遲相軸和遲滯來實 施光學補償。 並且,藉由將固定液晶性化合物之配向的光學異方向 性層5 ( 9 ),配置成使液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸在透明 支撐體側界面之配向平均方向係與透明支撐體之遲相軸以 45°交叉,則可在全部之波長實現〇CB配向之獨特的補償 方式。 其結果,可特別地提高黑顯示之視角對比度,同時也 -18- 200813500 可特別地減少在黑顯示之視角方向的著色。 特別是朝左右方向改變視角時,例如在〇 °方位角方向 與在180°方向的60°極角,以往雖然在著色即產生差異, 且造成左右非對稱性,但是對於此等也可獲得特別地加以 改善。Further, the intersection angle between the transmission axis 2 of the polarizing film 1 and the transmission axis 102 of the polarizing film 101 is orthogonal to 90° on the front side, but is shifted from 90° when viewed obliquely. So far, there has been a problem that the light leakage is caused by the two factors in the oblique direction, resulting in a decrease in contrast. The liquid crystal display device of the present invention having the configuration shown in Fig. 1 uses a transparent support 1 3 a (1) which has inconsistent Re/Rth in each of R, G, and B and has optical characteristics conforming to specific conditions. 1 3 a ) to reduce the light leakage during black display to improve contrast. More specifically, the present invention achieves light of respective wavelengths of R, G, and B for oblique incidence by using a transparent support having optical characteristics as described above and an optically anisotropic layer, at different wavelengths. Optical compensation is implemented by the slow phase axis and hysteresis. Further, the optically anisotropic layer 5 ( 9 ) in which the alignment of the liquid crystal compound is fixed is disposed such that the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound is delayed in the alignment average direction of the transparent support side interface and the transparent support When the axes are crossed at 45°, a unique compensation method for 〇CB alignment can be achieved at all wavelengths. As a result, the viewing angle contrast of the black display can be particularly improved, and -18-200813500 can particularly reduce the coloring in the viewing direction of the black display. In particular, when the angle of view is changed in the left-right direction, for example, in the azimuth direction of the 〇° and the 60° polar angle in the direction of 180°, although the difference in coloring has occurred in the past, and the left-right asymmetry is caused, it is also possible to obtain special Improve the land.

在本說明書中,R、G、B之波長係R使用63 0 nm波 長、G使用5 50 nm波長、B使用450 nm波長。雖然R、G 、B之波長並非爲必須以該波長來代表,但是其係在規定 能發揮本發明功效之光學特性上是適當的波長。 特別是在本發明中,則特別注意到透明支撐體之Re與 Rth之比Re/Rth。其係由於Re/Rth之値係用於決定在以斜 向進行雙軸性雙折射媒體的光傳播中的二固有偏光軸之緣 故。在以斜向進行雙軸性雙折射媒體的光傳播中的二固有 偏光軸,係對應於以光的進行方向之法線方向剖切折射率 橢圓體時所形成剖面的長軸與短軸之方向。於第2圖展示 對使用於本發明之透明支撐體,入射斜向進行的光時,有 二固有偏光之一軸之方向,亦即在此種情形下,係經計算 遲相軸之角度與Re/Rth之關係的結果之一實例。 另外,第2圖係假設光傳播方向係方位角=45 ° 、極角 = 34° 。如第2圖所示,遲相軸之角度係不相依於入射光之 波長,而僅取決於Re/Rth。入射光之偏光狀態因通過透明 支撐體而究竟產生何種變化,主要係取決於該透明支撐體 之遲相軸方位及該透明支撐體之遲滯,但是在先前的技術 則無關係到R、G、B之各波長而Re/Rth之値係大致相同, 200813500 亦即遲相軸角度也呈大致相同。 與此相對,在本發明中,則經就R、G、B各波長分別 加以規疋Re/Rth之關係’以使主要決定偏光狀態變化的因 素之遲相軸及遲滯之兩者,對於R、G、B各波長而予以最 適化。In the present specification, the wavelengths of R, G, and B use a wavelength of 63 nm, a wavelength of 5 50 nm for G, and a wavelength of 450 nm for B. Although the wavelengths of R, G, and B are not necessarily represented by the wavelength, they are suitable wavelengths for specifying optical characteristics capable of exerting the effects of the present invention. Particularly in the present invention, particular attention is paid to the ratio of Re to Rth of the transparent support Re/Rth. This is because the Re of Re/Rth is used to determine the two intrinsic polarization axes in the light propagation of the biaxial birefringent medium in the oblique direction. The two natural polarization axes in the light propagation of the biaxial birefringence medium in the oblique direction correspond to the major axis and the minor axis of the profile formed when the refractive index ellipsoid is cut in the normal direction of the light proceeding direction. direction. Fig. 2 shows the direction of one of the two natural polarizations when the incident oblique light is applied to the transparent support of the present invention, that is, in this case, the angle of the retardation axis is calculated and Re An example of the result of the /Rth relationship. In addition, Fig. 2 assumes that the direction of light propagation is azimuth = 45 ° and polar angle = 34 °. As shown in Fig. 2, the angle of the slow phase axis is independent of the wavelength of the incident light and depends only on Re/Rth. The change in the polarization state of the incident light due to the transparent support depends mainly on the azimuth axis orientation of the transparent support and the hysteresis of the transparent support, but the prior art does not relate to R, G. The wavelengths of B and B of R/Rth are almost the same, and the angle of the late phase axis of 200813500 is also substantially the same. On the other hand, in the present invention, the relationship of the Re/Rth relationship is defined for each of the wavelengths of R, G, and B, so that both the retardation axis and the hysteresis of the factor that mainly determines the change in the polarization state are satisfied. , G, B wavelengths are optimized.

並且,通過透明支撐體之斜向的光,在通過經將液晶 性化合物之配向加以固定的光學異方向性層,且再通過彎 曲配向的液晶層時,則可將透明支撐體的Re/Rth之値因應 波長而加以調整成對於任何波長也同時能補償如遲滯及上 下偏光膜之外表上的透射軸會從正面偏移之兩個因素。 具體而言,經藉由波長愈大愈使透明支撐體之Re/Rth 增大,則可消除光學異方向性層及液晶胞層因波長分散所 產生在R、G、B的偏光狀態之差。 其結果,可實現完全的補償,以減少對比度降低。亦 即,相等於若以R、G、B代表可見光全部區域來決定膜之 參數時,則可在可見光全部區域實現大致完全的補償。 在此,將極角與方位角定義如下。「極角(polar angle)」係由光學補償膜面之法線方向,亦即,從第1圖 中的z軸之傾斜角,例如,光學補償膜面之法線方向係極 角=0°之方向。 「方位角(azimuth )」係表示以X軸之正方向爲基準 而朝反時針方向旋轉的方位,例如X軸之正方向係方位角= 0°之方向,y軸之正方向係方位角= 9 0°之方向。 黑顯示之光漏會最成問題的斜向,由於偏光層之偏光 -20- 200813500 軸係呈±45 ’因此主要係指在極角並非爲〇。之情形,且 在方位角=0° 、90° 、180° 、270。之情形。 爲更詳細說明本發明之功效,將入射於液晶顯示裝置 的光之偏光狀態展示在第3圖中之普安卡雷球(Poincare sphere )上。另外,在第3圖中,S2軸係從紙面上向下垂 直貫穿之軸,第3圖係將普安卡雷球從S2軸之正方向觀看 之圖。另外由於第3圖係以平面方式表示,偏光狀態之 變化前與變化後之點的位移,係以圖中直線之箭頭標記表 ^ 示,但是實際上通過液晶層或透明支撐體所造成的偏光狀 態變化,在普安卡雷球上,則根據各自光學特性而決定的 特定軸周圍使其旋轉特定角度來表示。以下,對於第5和 第6圖也是相同。Further, when the oblique light passing through the transparent support passes through the optically anisotropic layer which is fixed by the alignment of the liquid crystalline compound and passes through the liquid crystal layer which is aligned, the Re/Rth of the transparent support can be obtained. The wavelength is then adjusted to compensate for any wavelength and compensates for both the hysteresis and the upper and lower polarizing films. Specifically, by increasing the Re/Rth of the transparent support by increasing the wavelength, the difference between the polarization states of the R, G, and B due to wavelength dispersion of the optical anisotropic layer and the liquid crystal cell layer can be eliminated. . As a result, complete compensation can be achieved to reduce contrast reduction. In other words, if R, G, and B represent all of the visible light regions to determine the parameters of the film, substantially complete compensation can be achieved in all areas of visible light. Here, the polar angle and the azimuth angle are defined as follows. "Polar angle" is the normal direction of the optical compensation film surface, that is, the inclination angle from the z-axis in Fig. 1, for example, the normal direction of the optical compensation film surface is 0° The direction. "Azimuth" means an azimuth that rotates counterclockwise based on the positive direction of the X-axis. For example, the positive direction of the X-axis is azimuth = 0°, and the positive direction of the y-axis is azimuth = 9 0° direction. The black light leakage will be the most problematic oblique direction, because the polarization of the polarizing layer -20- 200813500 is ±45 ′, so the main point is that the polar angle is not 〇. In the case of azimuth = 0°, 90°, 180°, 270. The situation. To explain the effects of the present invention in more detail, the state of polarization of light incident on the liquid crystal display device is shown on the Poincare sphere in Fig. 3. Further, in Fig. 3, the S2 axis is a shaft that extends vertically downward from the paper surface, and Fig. 3 is a view of the Puancarre ball viewed from the positive direction of the S2 axis. In addition, since the third figure is shown in a plane manner, the displacement of the point before and after the change of the polarization state is indicated by the arrow mark of the straight line in the figure, but actually the polarization caused by the liquid crystal layer or the transparent support The state change is indicated on the Puancarre ball by rotating a specific angle around a specific axis determined by the respective optical characteristics. Hereinafter, the same applies to the fifth and sixth figures.

第3 A圖係展示在第1圖之液晶顯示裝置,從左60° 入射的G光之偏光狀態變化之圖,第3 B圖係展示從右 60°入射的G光之偏光狀態變化之圖。另外,關於透明支 撐體1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a )之光學特性和光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )之 光學特性,則假定爲與如後所述之第6圖之普安卡雷球相 同條件來計算。從左6〇°入射的G光,係如在第3A圖普 安卡雷球上之點所示、偏光狀態會變化。 具體而言,通過偏光膜101的G光之偏光狀態h,通過 透明支撐體113a而成爲12之偏光狀態、通過光學異方向性 層9而成爲13之偏光狀態、通過黑顯示時之液晶胞的液晶層 而成爲14之偏光狀態、通過光學異方向性層5而成爲15之 偏光狀態、通過透明支撐體13a而成爲16之偏光狀態,並爲 -21 - 200813500 偏光膜1所遮蔽而顯示理想的黑。相對地’從右60°入射的 G光,其偏光狀態也如I!’ —12’ —13’ —14’ —15’—16’而變化。Fig. 3A is a view showing a change in the polarization state of the G light incident from the left 60° in the liquid crystal display device of Fig. 1, and Fig. 3B showing a change in the polarization state of the G light incident from the right 60°. . Further, regarding the optical characteristics of the transparent support 1 3 a (1 1 3 a ) and the optical characteristics of the optically anisotropic layer 5 ( 9 ), it is assumed to be the Puankare ball as shown in Fig. 6 which will be described later. Calculate the same conditions. The G light incident from the left 6〇° is as shown by the point on the 3A Apu-Carre ball, and the polarization state changes. Specifically, the polarized state h of the G light passing through the polarizing film 101 becomes a polarized state of 12 by the transparent support 113a, a polarized state of 13 by the optical anisotropic layer 9, and a liquid crystal cell when black is displayed. The liquid crystal layer is in a polarized state of 14 and is in a polarized state of 15 by the optically isotropic layer 5, and is in a polarized state of 16 by the transparent support 13a, and is shielded by the polarizing film 1 of -21 to 200813500, and is preferably displayed. black. The G light incident relative to the right 60° changes its polarization state as I!'-12'-13'-14'-15'-16'.

若加以檢討偏光狀態變化之形態時’則通過光學異方 向性層5 ( 9 ),與液晶層7所造成的偏光狀態變化,係以 來自於左6 0 °和右6 0 °的入射光是呈鏡面對稱性變化,但 是,相對地通過透明支撐體1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a )所造成的偏光狀態 變化,則以來自於左60°和右60°的入射光是呈一致。若 爲減少左右的黑之光漏及左右的色位移時,則有必要左右 同時且對任一波長也能滿足該補償條件。亦即,不僅是G 光,對於可見光區域之各R (紅)和B (藍)的入射光’也 有必要使其16與16’之位置成一致,且其位置爲表示由偏 光膜1所遮斷的偏光狀態之位置。如上所述之變遷,在圖 上則以直線表示,但是在普安卡雷球面上並不受限於此直 線性變遷。 第4圖係展示揭示於日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -3 1 63 7 8 號公報之傳統的OCB模式之液晶顯示裝置構成圖。如第4 圖所示,該構成並未配置Re/Rth會顯現如上所述之波長相 依性的光學補償膜,而配置透明支撐體3a ( 103a)。透明 支撐體3a(103a)係用作爲支撐光學異方向性層5(9)之 目的用,且由一般性高分子膜所構成。 因此,並無透明支撐體1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a )所顯現的關於 Re/Rth之波長相依性,並在R、G、B中任何波長也會顯現 相同的Re和Rth。 其結果,傳統的〇CB模式之液晶顯示裝置,在施加電 -22- 200813500 壓時,亦即在黑顯示時,則將造成即在正面能予以相抵液 晶胞與光學異方向性層之正面遲滯’以獲得黑,但是在斜 向卻無法完全抑制黑顯示之光漏之問題。另外,無法獲得 足夠的視角對比度,而且由於無法對所有波長加以補償, 以致有著色問題存在。If the form of the change in the polarization state is reviewed, the change in the polarization state caused by the optically isotropic layer 5 (9) and the liquid crystal layer 7 is such that the incident light from the left 60° and the right 60° is The mirror symmetry changes, but the change in the polarization state caused by the transparent support 1 3 a ( 1 1 3 a ) is consistent with the incident light from the left 60° and the right 60°. In order to reduce the left and right black light leakage and the left and right color shifts, it is necessary to satisfy the compensation condition for both the right and left wavelengths. That is, not only the G light, but also the incident light of each of R (red) and B (blue) in the visible light region is required to be coincident with the positions of 16 and 16', and the position thereof is indicated by the polarizing film 1. The position of the broken polarized state. The change as described above is indicated by a straight line on the graph, but the Puankare sphere is not limited to this linear transition. Fig. 4 is a view showing the configuration of a conventional OCB mode liquid crystal display device disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. As shown in Fig. 4, this configuration is not provided with an optical compensation film in which Re/Rth exhibits wavelength dependence as described above, and the transparent support 3a (103a) is disposed. The transparent support 3a (103a) is used for the purpose of supporting the optically anisotropic layer 5 (9), and is composed of a general polymer film. Therefore, there is no wavelength dependence on Re/Rth exhibited by the transparent support 1 3 a (1 1 3 a ), and the same Re and Rth appear at any wavelength in R, G, and B. As a result, the conventional 〇CB mode liquid crystal display device, when applying the voltage of -22-200813500, that is, when it is displayed in black, will cause the front side to be retarded in front of the liquid crystal cell and the optical anisotropic layer. 'Get black, but in the oblique direction can not completely suppress the black light leakage problem. In addition, sufficient viewing angle contrast cannot be obtained, and since all wavelengths cannot be compensated for, there is a coloring problem.

爲更詳加說明,經計算入射於第4圖所示傳統的構成 之OCB模式液晶顯示裝置的R、G、B光之偏光狀態,結果 如第5圖之普安卡雷球上所示。第5A圖係將從左60°入射 的光之偏光狀態變化就各R、G和B所展示之圖,第5B圖 係將從右60°入射的光之偏光狀態變化就各R、G和B所 展示之圖。圖中,R入射光之偏光狀態係以IR代表,G入 射光之偏光狀態係以IG代表,且B入射光之偏光狀態係以 IB代表。另外,傳統的OCB模式之液晶顯示裝置構成,則 假設第4圖中之透明支撐體3 a ( 1 0 3 a )係對於R、G、B之 任何波長皆爲Re = 45 nm、及Rth = 160 nm,且光學異方 向性層5 ( 9 )係Re = 3 0 nm來進行計算。 首先,在第5A圖,通過偏光膜101後之偏光狀態, IR1、Icn及係相等。若注視B光之偏光狀態變化時,當 可理解:從左60°入射的B光,其通過透明支撐體l〇3a後 之偏光狀態Ib2,係位移於與因通過光學異方向性層9所變 遷的方向爲相同方向,從右60°入射的B光,其通過透明 支撐體l〇3a後之偏光狀態IB2’,係位移於與因通過光學異 方向性層9所變遷的方向成相反之方向。亦即,就從左入 射的光與從右入射的光而言,透明支撐體l〇3a給予偏光狀 -23- 200813500 態的影響方式不同。其結果,不僅是導致來自於左60°之 R、G和B的入射光之最後變遷狀態Ir6、IG6及IB6之位置 、來自於右6 0 °之R、G和B的入射光之最後變遷狀態 Ir6’、Ig6’及IB6’之位置不一致,且就左60°與右60°而言 ,則呈完全不同位置。因此,造成左右之黑的光漏、及左 右之色位移,惟迄今爲止,欲對該等同時加以改善則有困 難。For the sake of more detailed explanation, the polarization states of the R, G, and B lights of the OCB mode liquid crystal display device of the conventional configuration shown in Fig. 4 are calculated, and the results are as shown on the Puankare ball of Fig. 5. Fig. 5A is a diagram showing changes in the polarization state of light incident from the left 60° to each of R, G, and B, and Fig. 5B is a change in the polarization state of light incident from the right 60° to each of R, G, and The picture shown by B. In the figure, the polarization state of R incident light is represented by IR, the polarization state of G incident light is represented by IG, and the polarization state of B incident light is represented by IB. In addition, in the conventional OCB mode liquid crystal display device, it is assumed that the transparent support 3 a (1 0 3 a ) in FIG. 4 is Re = 45 nm for any wavelengths of R, G, and B, and Rth = The calculation was performed at 160 nm and the optically isotropic layer 5 (9) was Re = 30 nm. First, in the fifth embodiment, IR1, Icn, and the system are equalized by the polarized state after the polarizing film 101. When looking at the change of the polarization state of the B light, it can be understood that the B light incident from the left 60°, the polarization state Ib2 after passing through the transparent support l〇3a, is displaced by the optically isotropic layer 9 The direction of the transition is the same direction, and the B light incident from the right 60° passes through the polarized state IB2' of the transparent support l〇3a, and is displaced in the opposite direction to the direction that is changed by the optically isotropic layer 9. direction. That is, in the case of the light incident from the left and the light incident from the right, the transparent support l 〇 3a imparts a different influence on the polarization -23-200813500 state. As a result, not only the position of the final transition states Ir6, IG6, and IB6 of the incident light from the left 60° of R, G, and B, but also the final transition of the incident light from the right 60° R, G, and B. The positions of the states Ir6', Ig6', and IB6' are inconsistent, and are completely different positions in terms of the left 60° and the right 60°. Therefore, the light leakage of the left and right sides and the color shift of the left and right are caused, but it is difficult to improve the same at the same time.

在本發明中,則經予以配置會顯現特定的光學特性之 透明支撐體來同時改善OCB模式液晶顯示裝置之左右之黑 的光漏、及左右之色位移。爲更詳加以說明,在第6圖之 普安卡雷球上展示通過第1圖所示本發明構成之OCB模式 液晶顯示裝置的R、G、B光之偏光狀態經計算之結果。 第6A圖係將從左60°入射的光之偏光狀態變化就各R 、G和B所展示之圖,第6B圖係將從右60°入射的光之偏 光狀態變化就R、G和B所展示之圖。 在第6A圖和第6B圖中,R入射光之偏光狀態係以IR 代表,G入射光之偏光,狀態係以IG代表,且B入射光之偏 光狀態係以IB代表。另外,假設透明支撐體13 (113)係 在 45 0 nm 波長之 Re/Rth(Re(45G)/Rth(.4 5〇))爲 〇·17,在 550 nm 波長之 Re/Rth(Re(55(n/Rth(55()))爲 〇·28,在 650 nm 波長之 Re/Rth ( ( Re ( 63。)/Rth ( 63。)))爲 0.39, 且在550 nm波長之Rth(Rth(55〇))爲160 nm來加以計算 。關於光學異方向性層5 ( 9 )之Re,則假設爲與第5圖所 示之普安卡雷球相同之値。 -24- 200813500 如第6A圖和第6B圖所示,從左右入射的R光、G光 和B光,係通過透明支撐體113a後’即變化成皆爲Sl=〇 附近之位置,且反映透明支撐體之Re/Rth波長相依 性而位移的位置之偏光狀態。該位移’可供抵消R光、G 光和B光因光學異方向性層9 ( 5 )及液晶層7之波長分散 所承受的偏光狀態位移。其結果’從左右任一方向入射的 光,也可不相依於波長而使最後變遷點位於相同位置。其 結果,則可同時改善左右之黑的光漏、左右之色位移。In the present invention, a transparent support which exhibits specific optical characteristics is disposed to simultaneously improve the left and right black light leakage of the OCB mode liquid crystal display device and the left and right color shifts. To explain in more detail, the results of the calculation of the polarization states of the R, G, and B lights of the OCB mode liquid crystal display device constructed by the present invention shown in Fig. 1 are shown on the Puancarre ball of Fig. 6. Fig. 6A is a diagram showing changes in the polarization state of light incident from the left 60° to each of R, G, and B, and Fig. 6B is a change in the polarization state of light incident from the right 60° to R, G, and B. The picture shown. In Figs. 6A and 6B, the polarization state of R incident light is represented by IR, the polarization of G incident light, the state is represented by IG, and the polarization state of B incident light is represented by IB. In addition, it is assumed that the transparent support 13 (113) is at a wavelength of 45 0 nm, Re/Rth (Re(45G)/Rth(.4 5〇)) is 〇·17, and Re/Rth at a wavelength of 550 nm (Re( 55(n/Rth(55())) is 〇·28, and Re/Rth ((Re ( 63.)/Rth ( 63.)))) at a wavelength of 650 nm is 0.39, and Rth at a wavelength of 550 nm ( Rth(55〇)) is calculated for 160 nm. Regarding the Re of the optical anisotropic layer 5 (9), it is assumed to be the same as the Puankare ball shown in Fig. 5. -24- 200813500 As shown in FIGS. 6A and 6B, the R light, the G light, and the B light incident from the left and right are passed through the transparent support 113a, and then change to a position near S1=〇, and reflect the Re of the transparent support. The polarization state of the position shifted by /Rth wavelength dependence. This displacement 'can offset the polarization state displacement of the R light, G light, and B light due to the wavelength dispersion of the optical anisotropic layer 9 ( 5 ) and the liquid crystal layer 7 As a result, the light incident from either of the left and right directions can be made to be at the same position without depending on the wavelength, and as a result, the left and right black light leakage and the left and right color displacement can be simultaneously improved.

本發明係藉由使用具有遲滯之波長分散係因入射光爲 法線方向與爲對其傾斜的斜向例如60°極角方向而不相同 的光學特性之如上所述之透明支撐體(醯化纖維素膜)、 及光學異方向性層,並將該透明支撐體和光學異方向性層 之此種光學特性積極地使用於光學補償,以同時改善左右 之黑的光漏、左右之色位移。因此,只要利用此種原理, 本發明之範圍並不受限於此等液晶層之顯示模式,VA模式 、IPS模式、或ECB模式和TN模式等具有任何顯示模式之 液晶層的液晶顯示裝置皆可使用。 另外,本發明之液晶顯示裝置,並不受限於第1圖所 示構成,也可包括其他構件。例如,也可在液晶胞與偏光 膜之間配置彩色濾光片。另外,若用於透射型時,則可在 背面配置以冷陰極或熱陰極螢光管、或發光二極體、場致 發射元件、電致發光元件爲光源之背光。 另外,本發明之「液晶顯示裝置」係包括影像直視型 、影像投影型或光調變型。本發明係可特別有效地適用於 -2 5 - 200813500 使用例如TFT (薄膜電晶體)或MIM (金屬•絕緣•金屬 :Metal Insulator Metal)之三端子、或二端子半導體元件 的主動式矩陣型液晶顯示裝置之方式。當然也可有效地適 用於稱爲時間分割驅動的以STN (超扭轉向列)型爲代表 的被動式矩陣型液晶顯示裝置之方式。 (光學補償膜)The present invention is a transparent support body as described above by using a wavelength dispersion having hysteresis because the incident light is a normal direction and an optical characteristic which is oblique to the oblique direction, for example, a 60° polar angle direction. a cellulose film) and an optically anisotropic layer, and actively use such optical characteristics of the transparent support and the optically anisotropic layer for optical compensation to simultaneously improve left and right black light leakage and left and right color shifts . Therefore, as long as the principle is utilized, the scope of the present invention is not limited to the display mode of the liquid crystal layer, and the liquid crystal display device having the liquid crystal layer of any display mode such as the VA mode, the IPS mode, or the ECB mode and the TN mode be usable. Further, the liquid crystal display device of the present invention is not limited to the configuration shown in Fig. 1, and may include other members. For example, a color filter may be disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing film. Further, when it is used in a transmissive type, a backlight using a cold cathode or a hot cathode fluorescent tube, or a light emitting diode, a field emission element, or an electroluminescence element as a light source may be disposed on the back surface. Further, the "liquid crystal display device" of the present invention includes an image direct view type, an image projection type or a light modulation type. The present invention can be particularly effectively applied to -2 5 - 200813500 active matrix liquid crystal using a three-terminal or two-terminal semiconductor element such as TFT (Thin Film Transistor) or MIM (Metal Insulator Metal) The way the device is displayed. Of course, it can be effectively applied to a passive matrix type liquid crystal display device typified by an STN (Super Torsional Nematic) type called time division driving. (optical compensation film)

本發明之光學補償膜係至少具有透明支撐體。另外, 視需要也可在該透明支撐體上形成光學異方向性層。以下 ,就用於構成本發明光學補償膜之各構件詳加說明。 〈透明支撐體〉 用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體,只要其爲 透明的膜時,則並無特殊限制,可根據目的來適當地選擇 ,但是也可爲經延伸的高分子膜,另外,也可爲塗布型之 高分子層與高分子膜倂用。高分子膜之材料一般係使用合 成高分子。該「合成高分子」係包括例如聚碳酸酯、聚颯 、聚醚楓、聚丙烯酸酯、聚甲基丙烯酸酯、降莰烯( Norbornene)樹脂、纖維素酯等。 控制透明支撐體的Re之方法,假設該透明支撐體之玻 璃轉移溫度爲(Tg )時,則較佳爲使用在(Tg+15 )至( Tg + 100) °C之溫度下延伸該透明支撐體之方法。在延伸該 透明支撐體之延伸步驟中,也可包括使其收縮的收縮步驟 在本發明中,則將以一片膜所不易達成的Re之反向波 長分散特性與Rth之正向波長分散特性,藉由以如下所述 -26- 200813500 予以分工調整來達成。亦即,Re之反向波長分散特性係主 要予以變化膜之延伸條件來實施,Rth之正向波長分散特性 則主要係以加入添加劑(Rth上升劑)來實施。 此時,已知延伸的結果係可以在本發明所述之配向度 P (配向秩序參數;培風館、液晶辭典第175頁、1 989年 12/5初版發行)表示。 第7A圖係展示未予延伸而僅加入添加劑的案例時之波 長分散,第7B圖係加以延伸而未加入添加劑的案例時之波 長分散。 如第7A圖和第7B圖所示,二者皆無法同時達成Re 之反向分散特性與Rth之正向分散特性。 相對於如上所述,第7C圖係展示實施延伸,又加入添 加劑的案例之波長分散。 如第7C圖所示,若欲以一片膜即達成Re之反向波長 分散特性與Rth之正向波長分散特性時,則顯然是同時需 要該等兩條件(延伸、及添加Rth上升劑)。The optical compensation film of the present invention has at least a transparent support. Further, an optically anisotropic layer may be formed on the transparent support as needed. Hereinafter, each member constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention will be described in detail. <Transparent Support> The transparent support for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is not particularly limited as long as it is a transparent film, and may be appropriately selected depending on the purpose, but may be an extended polymer film. Further, it may be used as a coating type polymer layer or a polymer film. The polymer film material is generally a synthetic polymer. The "synthetic polymer" includes, for example, polycarbonate, polyfluorene, polyether maple, polyacrylate, polymethacrylate, Norbornene resin, cellulose ester and the like. The method of controlling the Re of the transparent support, assuming that the glass transition temperature of the transparent support is (Tg), it is preferred to extend the transparent support at a temperature of (Tg+15) to (Tg + 100) °C. The method of body. In the step of extending the transparent support, the shrinking step of shrinking may also be included in the present invention, and the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic of Re and the forward wavelength dispersion characteristic of Rth which are not easily achieved by one film are This is achieved by adjusting the division of labor as described below -26-200813500. That is, the reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic of Re is mainly carried out by changing the stretching conditions of the film, and the forward wavelength dispersion characteristic of Rth is mainly carried out by adding an additive (Rth rising agent). At this time, the results of the known extension can be expressed in the orientation degree P (the alignment order parameter; the Peifeng Pavilion, the liquid crystal dictionary page 175, the 1 989 12/5 first edition) described in the present invention. Fig. 7A shows the dispersion of the wavelength in the case where the additive was not extended and only the additive was added, and Fig. 7B shows the dispersion of the wavelength when the case was extended without adding the additive. As shown in Figures 7A and 7B, neither of them can achieve the reverse dispersion characteristics of Re and the forward dispersion characteristics of Rth. In contrast to the above, the 7Cth graph shows the wavelength dispersion of the case where the extension is carried out and the additive is added. As shown in Fig. 7C, if a reverse wavelength dispersion characteristic of Re and a forward wavelength dispersion characteristic of Rth are to be achieved in one film, it is apparent that these two conditions (extension and addition of an Rth rising agent) are simultaneously required.

用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體,較佳爲藉 由在高溫區域加以延伸來製造在各波長之Re能成爲所欲之 値。其機制係以最佳樣態的醯化纖維素爲例說明如下。 醯化纖維素係以由吡喃葡萄糖環構成之主鏈與由醯基 構成之側鏈所形成。若將由醯化纖維素構成之膜加以延伸 時,則因高分子主鏈將朝著延伸方向而顯現Re。The transparent support for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is preferably formed by stretching in a high temperature region to produce Re at each wavelength. The mechanism is as follows, taking the best example of deuterated cellulose as an example. The deuterated cellulose is formed by a main chain composed of a glucopyranose ring and a side chain composed of a fluorenyl group. When the film made of deuterated cellulose is stretched, Re will appear in the direction in which the polymer main chain extends.

本發明之發明人等經專心硏究結果發現:經在如1 75°C -27- 200813500 以上(使用的醯化纖維素之Tg爲148 °c )之非常高溫下進 行延伸時,則具有在45 0 nm之Re將減少,在65 0 nm之 Re將上升的現象。As a result of intensive investigation, the inventors of the present invention found that when extending at a very high temperature such as 1 75 ° C -27-200813500 (the Tg of the deuterated cellulose used is 148 ° C), The Re at 45 0 nm will decrease, and the Re at 65 0 nm will rise.

其係起因於醯化纖維素之配向因在如上所述條件的高 溫區域下之延伸而顯著增大所致。代表醯化纖維素之配向 性的參數係使用藉由X射線繞射測定所計算得之配向度P 。X射線繞射測定係使用理學電機工業股份有限公司( Rigaku Corp·)製造之RAPID R-AXIS,X射線源則使用 CuKct線,並以40 kV-36 mA產生X射線。準直管爲0.8 mm 0、作爲試料的醯化纖維素膜係以透射試料台加以固定 。測定係在22°C、60%RH的條件下進行。由檢測的乂射線 圖案以下式(A)所定義的醯化纖維素之配向度P較佳爲 〇.〇5至0.30,更佳爲0·06至0.30,特佳爲〇.〇8至0.30。 另外,配向度Ρ之上限値爲1.0。 Ρ = &lt; 3 cos2p - 1 &gt; /2 式(A ) 但是,&lt; cos2p&gt; =J ( 〇,π) cos2pi ( β) ( 〇,π) I ( β ) s i η β d β ο 另外,上式中,β係入射的X射線之入射面與透明支 撐體(醯化纖維素膜)面內某一方向所形成的角度,I係在 以角度β所測得X射線繞射圖中2Θ= 8。之繞射強度。另外 ,在高溫延伸後之醯化纖維素膜,則顯現出可能爲源於結 晶化的X射線繞射之峰値’因此醯化纖維素膜之結晶化, 在顯現所欲之Re上是有效。 若欲改良液晶顯示裝置之色位移時,則加以控制Rth -28- 200813500 也屬重要。在本發明中,爲選擇性地控制Rth較佳爲使用 Rth上升劑。該Rth上升劑較佳爲在透明支撐體內可對Re 選擇性地顯現Rth的化合物。具體而言,將透明支撐體在 16(TC、1 15%固定端單軸向延伸時,較佳爲添加前後的Rth 値之差/添加前後的Re之差爲5以上,更佳爲8以上,且 進一步更佳爲10以上。This is caused by a significant increase in the alignment of the deuterated cellulose due to the elongation in the high temperature region under the conditions described above. The parameter representing the orientation of deuterated cellulose is the degree of orientation P calculated by X-ray diffraction measurement. The X-ray diffraction measurement uses RAPID R-AXIS manufactured by Rigaku Corp., and the X-ray source uses a CuKct line to generate X-rays at 40 kV-36 mA. The collimating tube was 0.8 mm 0, and the deuterated cellulose film as a sample was fixed by a transmission sample stage. The measurement was carried out under the conditions of 22 ° C and 60% RH. The degree of alignment P of the deuterated cellulose defined by the following formula (A) from the detected x-ray pattern is preferably from 〇. 5 to 0.30, more preferably from 0. 06 to 0.30, and particularly preferably from 〇. 〇 8 to 0.30. . In addition, the upper limit of the degree of alignment is 1.0. Ρ = &lt; 3 cos2p - 1 &gt; /2 Equation (A ) However, &lt;cos2p&gt; =J ( 〇,π) cos2pi ( β) ( 〇,π) I ( β ) si η β d β ο In the above formula, the angle formed by the incident surface of the X-ray incident on the β-ray and the direction in the plane of the transparent support (deuterated cellulose film) is I in the X-ray diffraction pattern measured at the angle β. = 8. Diffraction intensity. In addition, the cellulose-deposited film after the high-temperature extension exhibits a peak of X-ray diffraction which may be derived from crystallization, and thus the crystallization of the cellulose film is effective in expressing the desired Re. . If it is desired to improve the color shift of the liquid crystal display device, it is also important to control Rth -28-200813500. In the present invention, it is preferred to use an Rth rising agent for selectively controlling Rth. The Rth rising agent is preferably a compound which selectively exhibits Rth to Re in a transparent support. Specifically, when the transparent support is uniaxially stretched at 16 (TC, 1 15% fixed end, it is preferable that the difference between Rth 値 before and after the addition/Re before and after the addition is 5 or more, and more preferably 8 or more. And further preferably 10 or more.

•本發明之光學補償膜,在製造透明支撐體時,可以所 添加的Rth上升劑、及延伸步驟來控制Rth。 若欲實現所欲之Rth値時,則需要控制透明支撐體內 添加劑之凝聚狀態。 . 控制透明支撐體內添加劑之凝聚狀態的措施,有效的 是經將透明支撐體之原料的高分子溶液流延在帶上後,控 制在乾燥步驟中之乾燥速度。 在該乾燥步驟中,透明支撐體在乾燥步驟中之揮發分 率爲10至100質量%之範圍的平均乾燥速度較佳爲至少 Φ 1.2質量%/分鐘,更佳爲設定在1.4質量%/分鐘以上。藉由 使用此條件所乾燥的透明支撐體內之Rth上升劑係凝聚尺 寸小,且可在維持透明支撐體之透明性下實現所欲之Rth。 關於用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體的Re ( 5 5 0 ) 之範圍較佳爲10至100 nm,更佳爲10至90 nm,且進一 步更佳爲20至80 nm。 另外,關於用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體 的Rth ( wo)之範圍較佳爲100至200 nm,更佳爲1 10至 -29- 200813500 200 進一 的下 1.45The optical compensation film of the present invention can control Rth by adding an Rth rising agent and an extending step when manufacturing the transparent support. If you want to achieve the desired Rth値, you need to control the cohesive state of the additives in the transparent support. The measure for controlling the state of aggregation of the additive in the transparent support is effective to control the drying speed in the drying step after casting the polymer solution of the raw material of the transparent support on the belt. In the drying step, the average drying speed of the transparent support in the range of 10 to 100% by mass in the drying step is preferably at least Φ 1.2% by mass/minute, more preferably 1.4% by mass/minute. the above. The Rth rising agent in the transparent support dried by using this condition has a small aggregation size, and the desired Rth can be achieved while maintaining the transparency of the transparent support. The range of Re (550) for the transparent support constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is preferably from 10 to 100 nm, more preferably from 10 to 90 nm, and still more preferably from 20 to 80 nm. Further, the Rth (wo) of the transparent support for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is preferably in the range of 100 to 200 nm, more preferably 1 10 to -29 to 2008 13500 200.

佳的 110 〇 的下 1.40Good 110 〇 under 1.40

的下 0.99 tim,且進一步更佳爲120至200 nm。 關於用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體的下式 之範圍較佳爲0.40至0.95,更佳爲0.55至0.8,且 步更佳爲〇·55至0.75。 另外,關於用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體 式(4)之範圍較佳爲1.02至1.50,更佳爲1.10至 ,且進一步更佳爲1.1〇至1.42。 0.5 &lt; Re(45〇&gt; /Recsso) &lt;1.0 式(3) 1.0 &lt; Re(63〇) /Re(55〇) &lt;1.5 式(4) 式中,Re之絶對値較佳爲視各液晶層之方式來控制較 範圍。例如,若爲OCB和VA模式時,則較佳爲20至 nm,更佳爲20至100 nm,且進一步更佳爲35至90 nm 另外,關於用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體 式(5)之範圍較佳爲1.01至1.50,更佳爲1·02至 ,且進一步更佳爲1.05至1.30。 另外,關於用於構成本發明光學補償膜之透明支撐體 式(6 )之範圍較佳爲0.60至1.00,更佳爲0.65至 ,且進一步更佳爲0.75至0.97。 1.0 &lt; ^ Rth( 450) /Rth( 550) &lt;1.5 式 ( 5 ) 0.5 &lt; ^ Rth( 630) /Rth( 550) &lt; 1.0 式 ( 6) 於具 能, 另外,透明支撐體整體之厚度方向之遲滯(Rth ),由 有用於取消在黑顯示時的厚度方向液晶層之遲滯的功 較佳的範圍也因各液晶層之方式而不同。 -30- 200813500 例如,在使用於OCB模式之液晶胞(例如具有厚度d (μιη)與折射率異方向性An之乘積Δη · ^爲0.2至1·5μπι 之液晶層的OCB模式液晶胞)的光學補償時,則較佳爲70 至40 0 nm,更佳爲1〇〇至400 nm,且進一步更佳爲130至 200 nm 〇 〈〈醯化纖維素〉〉The next 0.99 tim, and further preferably 120 to 200 nm. The range of the following formula for the transparent support for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is preferably from 0.40 to 0.95, more preferably from 0.55 to 0.8, and more preferably from 55 to 0.75. Further, the range of the transparent support (4) for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is preferably from 1.02 to 1.50, more preferably from 1.10 to Å, and still more preferably from 1.1 Å to 1.42. 0.5 &lt;Re(45〇&gt; /Recsso) &lt;1.0 Formula (3) 1.0 &lt; Re(63〇) /Re(55〇) &lt;1.5 In the formula (4), the absolute Re of Re is preferably The range is controlled depending on the manner of each liquid crystal layer. For example, in the case of the OCB and VA modes, it is preferably 20 to nm, more preferably 20 to 100 nm, and still more preferably 35 to 90 nm. Further, regarding the transparent support for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention The range of (5) is preferably from 1.01 to 1.50, more preferably from 1.02 to 1, and still more preferably from 1.05 to 1.30. Further, the range of the transparent support (6) for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is preferably from 0.60 to 1.00, more preferably from 0.65 to Å, and still more preferably from 0.75 to 0.97. 1.0 &lt; ^ Rth( 450) /Rth( 550) &lt;1.5 Formula ( 5 ) 0.5 &lt; ^ Rth( 630) /Rth( 550) &lt; 1.0 Formula ( 6) In the ability, in addition, the transparent support body as a whole The hysteresis (Rth) in the thickness direction differs depending on the form of the liquid crystal layer, which is preferably used to cancel the hysteresis of the liquid crystal layer in the thickness direction at the time of black display. -30- 200813500 For example, a liquid crystal cell used in an OCB mode (for example, an OCB mode liquid crystal cell having a liquid crystal layer having a product of a thickness d (μιη) and a refractive index anisotropy An Δη · ^ of 0.2 to 1.5 μm) In the case of optical compensation, it is preferably from 70 to 40 nm, more preferably from 1 to 400 nm, and even more preferably from 130 to 200 nm.

選用作爲本發明之支撐體材料的透明支撐體(在下文 也有稱爲「醯化纖維素(膜)」之情形)之原料綿係可使 用習知的原料(參閱例如,發明協會公開技報200卜1 74 5 ) 另外,醯化纖維素之合成也可以習知的方法來實施( 參閱例如,右田及其他,「木材化學」第180至190頁( 共立出版、1 96 8年))。 醯化纖維素之平均聚合度較佳爲200至700,更佳爲 250至500,且進一步更佳爲250至350。 另外,使用於本發明之纖維素酯,較佳爲以凝膠透層 析法所測得之Mw/Mn ( Mw係質量平均分子量、Μη係數量 平均分子量)的分子量分布爲狹幅分布。 具體的Mw/Mn之値較佳爲1 .5至5.0,更佳爲2.0至 4.5,且進一步更佳爲3.0至4.0。 本發明之醯化纖維素膜之醯基,並無特殊限制,但是 較佳爲使用乙醯基、丙醯基,且特佳爲乙醯基。此外,全 醯基之取代度較佳爲2.7至3.0,更佳爲2.8至2.95。另外 ,在本實施方式所謂的醯基之取代度係根據 ASTM ( -31- 200813500 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS ) D 8 1 7所計算得之値。 該醯基特佳爲乙醯基,若使用醯基爲乙醯基的纖維素 乙酸酯時,則乙醯化度較佳爲5 7.0至6 2 · 5 %,更佳爲5 8.0 至62.0%。若乙醯化度係在此範圍時,則不至於因流延時 的輸送張力而導致Re比所欲之値爲大的情況’且面內不均 勻性亦少,因溫濕度的遲滯値之變化亦少。 特別是以碳原子數爲2以上之醯基取代醯化纖維素膜 ^ 之用於構成纖維素的葡萄糖單元之羥基所製得,且假設葡 萄糖單元之2位羥基經以醯基之取代度爲DS2、3位羥基經 以醯基之取代度爲D S3、6位羥基經以醯基之取代度爲DS 6 時,若能滿足如下所示之式(I )和式(II )時,則因溫濕 度造成的Re値之變動將更小,因此較佳: 2.0SDS2 + DS3 + DS6S3.0 式(I); DS6/(DS2 + DS3+DS6) 20.315 式(II) 〇A raw material for use as a transparent support of the support material of the present invention (hereinafter also referred to as "deuterated cellulose (film)") can be used as a conventional raw material (see, for example, the Invention Association Open Technical Report 200). Bu 1 74 5) In addition, the synthesis of deuterated cellulose can also be carried out by a known method (see, for example, Odori and others, "Wood Chemistry", pp. 180-190 (Kyoritsu Publishing, 196)). The average degree of polymerization of the deuterated cellulose is preferably from 200 to 700, more preferably from 250 to 500, and still more preferably from 250 to 350. Further, the cellulose ester used in the present invention preferably has a narrow distribution of molecular weight distribution of Mw/Mn (Mw-based mass average molecular weight, Μη coefficient average molecular weight) measured by gel permeation chromatography. The specific Mw/Mn is preferably from 1.5 to 5.0, more preferably from 2.0 to 4.5, and still more preferably from 3.0 to 4.0. The mercapto group of the cellulose-degraded cellulose film of the present invention is not particularly limited, but an ethyl fluorenyl group, a propyl fluorenyl group, and particularly preferably an ethyl fluorenyl group are preferably used. Further, the degree of substitution of the entire fluorenyl group is preferably from 2.7 to 3.0, more preferably from 2.8 to 2.95. Further, the degree of substitution of the thiol group in the present embodiment is calculated based on ASTM (-31-200813500 AMERICAN SOCIETY FOR TESTING AND MATERIALS) D 8 17 . The thiol is preferably an ethyl ketone group. When a cellulose acetate having a thiol group is used, the degree of acetylation is preferably from 57.0 to 62.5%, more preferably from 58.0 to 62.0. %. If the degree of acetylation is within this range, it will not cause the Re to be larger than the desired enthalpy due to the transport tension of the flow delay' and the in-plane unevenness is small, due to the delay of temperature and humidity. There are also few. In particular, a thiol group having 2 or more carbon atoms is substituted for the hydroxyl group of the glucose unit of the cellulose, and it is assumed that the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl group at the 2-position of the glucose unit with the thiol group is When the degree of substitution of the hydroxyl group at the DS2 and the 3 position is D S3 and the degree of substitution of the 6-position hydroxyl group with a thiol group is DS 6 , if the formula (I ) and the formula (II ) shown below are satisfied, The change in Re値 due to temperature and humidity will be smaller, so it is better: 2.0SDS2 + DS3 + DS6S3.0 (I); DS6/(DS2 + DS3+DS6) 20.315 (II) 〇

〈〈延伸方法〉〉 本發明之醯化纖維素膜係藉由如上所述加以延伸則可 顯現其功能。 以下,具體說明適合本發明之延伸方法。 本發明之醯化纖維素膜,爲適用於偏光板,較佳爲朝 寬度方向加以延伸。關於該延伸方法,已揭示於例如日本 發明專利特開昭第62- 1 1 503 5號公報、日本發明專利特開 平第4-1 5 2125號公報、日本發明專利特開平第4-284211 號公報、日本發明專利特開平第4-2983 1 0號公報、日本發 -32- 200813500 明專利特開平第1 1 -4 8 27 1號公報等。 另外,本發明之醯化纖維素膜之延伸,如上所述,係 在爲該膜之Tg ( 150°C)的+5至+100°C之155至25(TC的條 件下實施。 本發明之醯化纖維素膜之延伸,也可爲單軸向延伸也 可爲雙軸向延伸。<Extension Method> The cellulose film of the present invention exhibits its function by being extended as described above. Hereinafter, an extension method suitable for the present invention will be specifically described. The cellulose-deposited film of the present invention is preferably applied to a polarizing plate and is preferably extended in the width direction. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 4-2983 1 0, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Further, the extension of the cellulose-deposited film of the present invention is carried out under the conditions of 155 to 25 (TC) of +5 to +100 ° C of Tg (150 ° C) of the film as described above. The extension of the cellulose film can also be either uniaxial or biaxial.

另外,本發明之醯化纖維素膜係可在乾燥中之處理實 施延伸,尤其是在溶劑殘留時也有效。例如,若調整醯化 纖維素膜之輸送輥速度,使得醯化纖維素膜之捲取速度快 於醯化纖維素膜之剝取速度時,則可將醯化纖維素膜加以 延伸。 另外,藉由一面以拉幅機保持醯化纖維素膜之寬度、 一面輸送,並緩慢地擴大拉幅機寬度時,則也可將醯化纖 維素膜加以延伸。 並且,也可在將醯化纖維素膜乾燥後,使用延伸機來 延伸(較佳爲使用長型延伸機之單軸向延伸)。 本發明之醯化纖維素膜之延伸倍率(相對於原來長度 之延伸後增加部份之比率)較佳爲0.5至300%,更佳爲1 至200%之延伸,且進一步更佳爲1至1〇〇%之延伸。 本發明之醯化纖維素膜較佳爲以逐步或連續地實施溶 液流延法之製膜步驟、及經製膜的該膜加以延伸之延伸步 驟來製造,且延伸倍率較佳爲1 ·2倍以上、1 ·8倍以下。 另外,該延伸步驟也可以一段式進行,也可以多段式 進行。以多段式進行時,則將各延伸倍率之乘積符合在如 -33- 200813500 上所述之範圍(1.2倍以上、1. 8倍以下)內即可。 另外,延伸速度較佳爲5至1,000%/分鐘,更佳爲10 至500%/分鐘。 並且,該延伸步驟較佳爲使用熱輥和/或放射熱源(IR 加熱器等)、溫風。另外,也可設置恆溫槽以提高溫度均 勻性。以輥延伸實施單軸向延伸時,輥間距離(L)與保護 膜膜寬(W)之比的L/W較佳爲2.0至5.0。Further, the cellulose fluorite film of the present invention can be extended by treatment in a dry state, and is particularly effective when the solvent remains. For example, if the conveying roller speed of the cellulose fluorite film is adjusted so that the winding speed of the cellulose fluorite film is faster than the peeling speed of the cellulose fluorite film, the cellulose fluorite film can be extended. Further, by maintaining the width of the cellulose-deposited film on one side with a tenter and transporting it while slowly expanding the width of the tenter, the cellulose-fibrin film can be stretched. Further, after the deuterated cellulose film is dried, it is extended by using an extension machine (preferably, a uniaxial extension using a long stretcher). The stretching ratio of the cellulose-deposited film of the present invention (ratio of the portion after the extension of the original length) is preferably from 0.5 to 300%, more preferably from 1 to 200%, and still more preferably from 1 to An extension of 1〇〇%. The cellulose-deposited film of the present invention is preferably produced by a film forming step of performing a solution casting method stepwise or continuously, and an extending step of extending the film by the film, and the stretching ratio is preferably 1.25. More than twice, less than 1. 8 times. Alternatively, the step of extending may be carried out in one piece or in multiple stages. When the multi-stage method is carried out, the product of the respective stretching ratios may be within the range (1.2 times or more, 1.8 times or less) as described in -33-200813500. Further, the stretching speed is preferably from 5 to 1,000%/min, more preferably from 10 to 500%/min. Further, the extending step preferably uses a heat roller and/or a radiant heat source (IR heater or the like) and warm air. Alternatively, a thermostatic bath can be provided to increase temperature uniformity. When the uniaxial stretching is carried out by the roll extension, the ratio L/W of the ratio of the distance between the rolls (L) to the width (W) of the protective film is preferably from 2.0 to 5.0.

較佳爲進一步在延伸步驟前設立預熱步驟,且延伸步 驟後也可施加熱處理。其熱處理溫度,較佳爲在比纖維素 乙酸酯膜之玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)低20°C之溫度起直到比該 玻璃轉移溫度(Tg)高l〇°C之溫度之間的溫度進行,且熱 處理時間較佳爲1至3分鐘。 另外,加熱方法係可爲區域性加熱、或使用紅外線加 熱器之局部性加熱,也可在加熱步驟期間或最後裁切纖維 素乙酸酯膜之兩端。並且,此時產生之裁切屑較佳爲予以 回收以作爲原料再利用。 關於拉幅機,在日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -0777 1 8號 公報中,則揭示:其係在一面以拉幅機保持寬度一面乾燥 基材時,藉由適當地控制乾燥氣體之吹出方法、吹出角度 、風速分布、風速、風量、溫度差、風量差、上下吹出風 量比、及使用高比熱乾燥氣體等,以確保提高溶液流延法 之速度、或防止在擴大基材寬度時的平面性等品質降低之 該等技術也可採用於本發明。 另外,在日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -077822號中,則 -34- 200813500 揭示一種爲防止產生不均勻性,則將經延伸的熱塑性樹脂 膜在延伸步驟後,在熱緩和步驟中將該膜之寬度方向設定 溫度梯度來進行熱處理的技術,該技術也可採用於如上所 述之熱處理步驟。 在日本發明專利特開平第4-204503號公報中,則揭示 一種爲防止產生不均勻性,而設定膜之溶劑含率,以固體 成份基準計則爲2至1 0%來進行延伸的技術,該技術也可 採用於本發明。It is preferred to further set up a preheating step before the stretching step, and a heat treatment may also be applied after the stretching step. The heat treatment temperature is preferably at a temperature between a temperature 20 ° C lower than the glass transition temperature (Tg) of the cellulose acetate film until a temperature higher than the glass transition temperature (Tg) by 10 ° C. And the heat treatment time is preferably from 1 to 3 minutes. Alternatively, the heating method may be regional heating, or localized heating using an infrared heater, or both ends of the cellulose acetate film may be cut during or at the end of the heating step. Further, the cutting chips generated at this time are preferably recovered and reused as a raw material. In the case of the tenter, it is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Method, blown angle, wind speed distribution, wind speed, air volume, temperature difference, air volume difference, up and down air volume ratio, and use of high specific heat drying gas to ensure the speed of the solution casting method or to prevent the width of the substrate from being enlarged Such techniques for reducing the quality of planarity and the like can also be employed in the present invention. In addition, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. A technique in which a temperature gradient is set in the width direction of the film to perform heat treatment, and the technique can also be applied to the heat treatment step as described above. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 4-204503 discloses a technique for setting a solvent content of a film to prevent unevenness, and to extend the solvent to a solid content of 2 to 10%. This technique can also be employed in the present invention.

在日本發明專利特開第2002-248680號公報中,則揭 不一種爲抑制根據膜鋏夾住寬度規定的捲曲(curl ),而在 拉幅機膜鋏夾住寬度DS ( 33/ ( log延伸率xlog揮發份)) 下實施延伸,以抑制捲曲,使得延伸步驟後之膜輸送容易 進行的技術,該技術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2002-337224號公報中,則揭 示一種爲使高速軟膜輸送與延伸兩者並存,而將拉幅機輸 送轉換爲前半段是針鋏式,後半段是膜鋏式的技術,該技 術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2002- 1 87960號公報中,則揭 示一種以能簡易改善視角特性,且改善視角爲目的,而在 流延用支撐體上流延纖維素酯塗液,接著將經由流延用支 撐體上所剝離的基材(膜),在基材中之殘留溶劑量爲1 00 質量%以下,特別是在10至100質量%之範圍的期間至少 朝一方向延伸1.0至4.0倍所製得之具有光學雙軸性之發明 -35- 200813500 並且,該技術也揭示更佳的實施方式,其係基材中之 殘留溶劑量在100質量%以下,特別是在10至100質量% 之範圍的期間至少朝一方向延伸1.0至4.0倍。In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-248680, it is disclosed that in order to suppress the curl specified by the film-clamping width, the width DS of the tenter film is clamped (33/(log extension) The rate xx volatiles)) is a technique in which stretching is carried out to suppress curling, so that film transport after the stretching step is easy to proceed, and the technique can also be employed in the present invention. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-337224, it is disclosed that in order to coexist both the high-speed flexible film transport and the extension, the tenter transfer is converted into the first half and the second half is the diaphragm type. Techniques, this technique can also be employed in the present invention. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-1879960, it is disclosed that a cellulose ester coating liquid is cast on a casting support body for the purpose of easily improving the viewing angle characteristics and improving the viewing angle, and then passing through the flow. The substrate (film) to be peeled off on the support is used, and the amount of the residual solvent in the substrate is 100% by mass or less, particularly in the range of 10 to 100% by mass, at least 1.0 to 4.0 times in one direction. Invention made of optical biaxiality-35-200813500 Further, this technique also discloses a more preferred embodiment in which the amount of residual solvent in the substrate is 100% by mass or less, particularly 10 to 100% by mass. The period of the range extends at least 1.0 to 4.0 times in one direction.

另外,該技術之其他延伸方法,也例示對複數個輥賦 予周速差,並在其間利用輥周速差進行縱向延伸之方法; 以膜鋏或夾針固定基材之兩端,並朝進行方向擴大膜鋏或 夾針之間隔以朝縱向延伸之方法;相同地,朝橫向擴大以 朝橫向延伸之方法;或縱橫同時擴大以朝縱橫兩方向延伸 之方法;以及組合該等來使用之方法等。 並且,揭示若在所謂的拉幅機法之情形時,以線性驅 動方式驅動膜鋏部份時,則可施加平穩的延伸,可減少斷 裂等危險性,因此爲較佳,該等技術也可採用於本發明。 在曰本發明專利特開第2003 -0 1 493 3號公報中,則揭 示一種爲製造添加劑之滲出現象少、且也無層之間的剝離 現象、並且滑動性良好且具有優越的透明性之光學補償膜 ,而調製包含樹脂、添加劑及有機溶劑之塗液A,與包含 不含添加劑或添加劑含量比塗液A爲少的樹脂、添加劑及 有機溶劑之塗液B,且以塗液A爲芯層,塗液B爲表面層 之狀態而共流延在支撐體上,且經蒸發有機溶劑直到可加 以剝離後,由透明支撐體剝離基材,並且在延伸時之樹脂 膜中殘留溶劑爲在3至50質量%之範圍下,至少朝單軸向 延伸1 · 1至1 · 3倍的技術。 此外,該技術也揭示更佳的實施方式,較佳爲利用如 下所述之各措施:由支撐體剝離基材,並且在延伸溫度爲 -36 - 200813500 140至2 00°C之範圍下,至少朝單軸向延伸至3.0倍; 調製包含樹脂與有機溶劑之塗液A,與包含樹脂、微粒及 有機溶劑之塗液B,並以塗液A爲芯層,塗液B爲表面層 之狀態而共流延在透明支撐體上,且經蒸發有機溶劑直到 可加以剝離後,從透明支撐體剝離基材,並且在延伸時之 樹脂膜中殘留溶劑爲3至50質量%之範圍下,至少朝單軸 向延伸1.1至1.3倍;再在延伸溫度爲140至200 °C之範圍In addition, other extension methods of the technique also exemplify a method of imparting a circumferential speed difference to a plurality of rollers and longitudinally extending the circumferential speed difference therebetween; fixing the both ends of the substrate with a film or a pin and proceeding a method of expanding the spacing of the film or the pin to extend in the longitudinal direction; similarly, expanding in the lateral direction to extend in the lateral direction; or expanding in the longitudinal and lateral directions to extend in both the longitudinal and transverse directions; and combining the methods for use Wait. Further, it is disclosed that, in the case of the so-called tenter method, when the film portion is driven by the linear driving method, a smooth extension can be applied, and the risk of breakage or the like can be reduced, and therefore, the techniques are also preferable. It is used in the present invention. In the publication of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-0 1 493 3, it is disclosed that there is little occurrence of bleeding in the production of the additive, and there is no peeling phenomenon between the layers, and the sliding property is good and the transparency is excellent. The optical compensation film is prepared by preparing a coating liquid A containing a resin, an additive, and an organic solvent, and a coating liquid B containing a resin, an additive, and an organic solvent containing no additive or additive content less than the coating liquid A, and the coating liquid A is In the core layer, the coating liquid B is cast on the support in the state of the surface layer, and after evaporating the organic solvent until peeling off, the substrate is peeled off by the transparent support, and the residual solvent in the resin film at the time of extension is A technique of extending at least 1 · 1 to 1.3 times in a uniaxial direction in the range of 3 to 50% by mass. In addition, the technique also reveals a more preferred embodiment, preferably utilizing various measures as follows: the substrate is peeled off from the support, and at an extension temperature of -36 - 200813500 140 to 200 ° C, at least The uniaxial direction is extended to 3.0 times; the coating liquid A containing the resin and the organic solvent is prepared, and the coating liquid B containing the resin, the fine particles and the organic solvent is used, and the coating liquid A is used as the core layer, and the coating liquid B is in the surface layer state. And co-casting on the transparent support, and evaporating the organic solvent until peeling off, the substrate is peeled off from the transparent support, and the residual solvent in the resin film at the time of stretching is in the range of 3 to 50% by mass, at least Extending from 1.1 to 1.3 times in a single axial direction; then extending from 140 to 200 °C

下,至少朝單軸向延伸1 . 1至3.0倍;調製包含樹脂、有機 溶劑及添加劑之塗液A,與包含不含添加劑或添加劑之含 量比塗液A爲少的樹脂、添加劑及有機溶劑之塗液B,與 包含樹脂、微粒及有機溶劑之塗液C,並以塗液A爲芯層 ,以塗液B爲表面層,以塗液C爲位於與塗液B成相反側 的表面層之狀態而共流延在支撐體上,且經蒸發有機溶劑 直到可加以剝離後,由支撐體剝離基材,並且在延伸時之 樹脂膜中殘留溶劑爲3至50質量%之範圍下,至少朝單軸 向延伸1.1至1.3倍;延伸溫度在140至200 °C之範圍下, 至少朝單軸向延伸1 .1至3 · 0倍;塗液A中之添加劑量係 相對於樹脂爲1至3 0質量%、塗液B中之添加劑量係相對 於樹脂爲〇至5質量%、且添加劑爲塑化劑、紫外線吸收劑 或遲滯控制劑;以及塗液A中與塗液B中之有機溶劑係含 有相對於全部有機溶劑爲5 0質量%以上之二氯甲烷或乙酸 甲酯。該等技術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2003 -01 493 3號公報中,則揭 示延伸方法係適合使用以膜狹或夾針固定基材之兩端,並 -37 - 200813500 朝橫向擴大膜鋏或夾針之間隔以朝橫向延伸之被稱爲橫向 延伸機之拉幅機。 另外,在該公報中,也揭示欲朝縱向延伸或使其收縮 時,則可藉由使用同時雙軸向延伸機並朝輸送方向(縱向 )擴大膜鋏或夾針之輸送方向間隔、或予以縮短來實施。Lower at least 1.1 to 3.0 times in a single axial direction; preparing a coating liquid A containing a resin, an organic solvent, and an additive, and a resin, an additive, and an organic solvent containing a coating agent A containing no additive or additive. The coating liquid B, and the coating liquid C containing the resin, the fine particles and the organic solvent, and the coating liquid A as the core layer, the coating liquid B as the surface layer, and the coating liquid C as the surface on the opposite side to the coating liquid B The layer is continuously cast on the support, and after evaporating the organic solvent until peeling off, the substrate is peeled off from the support, and the residual solvent in the resin film at the time of stretching is in the range of 3 to 50% by mass. Extending at least 1.1 to 1.3 times in a single axial direction; extending at a temperature in the range of 140 to 200 ° C, extending at least 1:1 to 3.0 times in a uniaxial direction; the amount of the additive in the coating liquid A is relative to the resin 1 to 30% by mass, the amount of the additive in the coating liquid B is 〇 to 5% by mass relative to the resin, and the additive is a plasticizer, a UV absorber or a hysteresis control agent; and the coating liquid A and the coating liquid B The organic solvent is contained in an amount of 50% by mass or more based on the total of the organic solvent. Methylene chloride or methyl acetate. These techniques can also be employed in the present invention. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-014933, it is disclosed that the extension method is suitable for fixing the ends of the substrate with a film slit or a pin, and -37 - 200813500 enlarges the film or the needle in the lateral direction. A tenter is called a lateral stretcher that extends in the lateral direction. Further, in the publication, it is also disclosed that when it is intended to extend in the longitudinal direction or to contract it, the distance between the transport direction of the film bundle or the pin may be increased in the transport direction (longitudinal direction) by using a simultaneous biaxial stretching machine, or Shorten it to implement.

並且,在該公報中,也揭示若以線性驅動方式驅動膜 鋏部份時,則可平穩地實施延伸,且可減少斷裂等之危險 性,因此較佳,另外縱向延伸之方法,也可使用對複數個 輥賦予周速差,而在其間利用輥周速差來朝縱向延伸之方 法。 此外,在該公報中,也揭示該等延伸方法係也可複合 使用,例如(縱向延伸、橫向延伸、縱向延伸)、或(縱 向延伸、縱向延伸)等之延伸步驟可分成爲二階段以上來 實施,該等技術也可採用於本發明。 在曰本發明專利特開第2003-004374號公報中,則揭 示一種爲防止拉幅乾燥之基材發泡、提高脫離性、防止灰 塵飛揚,而在乾燥裝置中,設計使得乾燥器寬度形成爲比 基材寬度爲短,以使乾燥器熱風不至於吹到基材兩緣部的 技術,該技術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2003 -0 1 9757號公報中,則揭 示一種爲防止拉幅乾燥之基材發泡、提高脫離性、防止灰 塵飛揚,而在基材兩側端部內側設置遮風板,以使乾燥風 不至於吹到拉幅機保持部的技術,該技術也可採用於本發 明。 -38 - 200813500 在日本發明專利特開第2003 -05 3749號公報中,則揭 示一種爲穩定地進行輸送和乾燥,假設供由針鋏拉幅機夾 持的膜兩端部之乾燥後厚度爲X ( μιη ),膜製品部之乾燥 後平均厚度爲 Τ ( μιη )時,則在TS 60時,則可符合 40^X^200的條件;在60 &lt; TS120時,則可符合40 +(Τ —60) X 0.2SXS 300的條件;在120 &lt; Τ時,則可符合52 + ( Τ - 120 ) X 0 · 2 S X $ 4 0 0的條件的技術,該技術也可採 用於本發明。Further, in this publication, it is also disclosed that when the film portion is driven by the linear driving method, the stretching can be smoothly performed, and the risk of breakage or the like can be reduced, so that it is preferable to use a method of longitudinal stretching. A method of imparting a peripheral speed difference to a plurality of rolls while extending in the longitudinal direction by a roll peripheral speed difference therebetween. Further, in this publication, it is also disclosed that the extension methods can also be used in combination, for example, (longitudinal extension, lateral extension, longitudinal extension), or (longitudinal extension, longitudinal extension), etc., the extension step can be divided into two or more stages. Implementations, such techniques can also be employed with the present invention. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-004374, a method for preventing foaming of a tenter-dried substrate, improving detachability, and preventing dust from flying is disclosed. In the drying apparatus, the width of the dryer is designed to be This technique can also be applied to the present invention, in which the width of the substrate is short so that the hot air of the dryer does not blow to both edges of the substrate. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-0 1 9757, it is disclosed that a substrate for preventing the drying of the tenter is foamed, the detachment property is improved, and the dust is prevented from flying, and the wind is provided on the inner side of the both ends of the substrate. The technique of the plate so that the dry wind does not blow to the tenter holder can also be employed in the present invention. -38 - 200813500 In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-05-05749, it is disclosed that for the purpose of stable conveyance and drying, it is assumed that the thickness of both ends of the film to be held by the pin tenter is dried. X ( μιη ), when the average thickness after drying of the film product part is Τ (μιη ), it can meet the condition of 40^X^200 at TS 60; 40 + (at 60 &lt; TS120) Τ—60) The condition of X 0.2SXS 300; at 120 &lt; ,, the technique can meet the condition of 52 + ( Τ - 120 ) X 0 · 2 SX $ 4 0 0 , and the technique can also be applied to the present invention. .

在日本發明專利特開平第2- 1 82654號公報中,則揭示 一種爲在多段式拉幅機不至於產生皺紋,而在拉幅機裝置 中,在多段式拉幅機之乾燥器內設置加熱室和冷卻室,以 分別冷卻左右之膜鋏-鍵條的技術,該技術也可採用於本發 明。 在曰本發明專利特開平第9-0773.1 5號公報中,則揭示 一種爲防止基材之斷裂、皺紋、輸送不良,關於針鋏拉幅 機之針鋏,則將內側之針鋏密度增大,外側針鋏密度則予 以減少的技術,該技術也可採用於本發明。 在曰本發明專利特開平第9-085846號公報中,則揭示 一種在拉幅機內,爲防止基材本身之發泡或基材黏附於保 持裝置,而在拉幅機乾燥裝置:以吹出型冷卻器將基材之 兩側緣部保持針鋏冷卻至低於基材的發泡溫度,同時將夾 住基材之前的針鋏冷卻至在槽型冷卻器的塗液之凝膠化溫 度 + 1 5 °C以下的技術,該技術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2003 - 1 03 542號公報中,則揭 -39- 200813500 示一種關於爲防止針鋏拉幅機脫落、且優化異物,而在針 鋏拉幅機,冷卻插入結構體,使得與插入結構體接觸的基 材之表面溫度不至於.超過基材之凝膠化溫度之溶液製膜方 法的技術,該技術也可採用於本發明。In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 2- 1 825 654, it is disclosed that in the multi-stage tenter, wrinkles are not generated, and in the tenter apparatus, heating is provided in the dryer of the multi-stage tenter. The chamber and the cooling chamber are used to separately cool the left and right membrane-key strips, and the technique can also be applied to the present invention. In the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei 9-0773.1 5, it is disclosed that in order to prevent breakage, wrinkles, and poor conveyance of the substrate, the density of the inner needle is increased with respect to the needle of the needle tenter. The technique of reducing the density of the outer needles is also a technique which can also be employed in the present invention. In the tenter of the present invention, in a tenter, in order to prevent foaming of the substrate itself or adhesion of the substrate to the holding device, the tenter drying device is blown out. The type cooler cools the two sides of the substrate to a lower temperature than the foaming temperature of the substrate, and simultaneously cools the needle before clamping the substrate to the gelation temperature of the coating liquid in the trough cooler. + 1 5 ° C or less technology, this technology can also be used in the present invention. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-103350, the disclosure of the Japanese Patent Publication No. Hei-39-200813500 shows a method for preventing the pinion tenter from falling off and optimizing foreign matter in the pin tenter, cooling the inserted structure. The technique of a solution film forming method in which the surface temperature of the substrate in contact with the inserted structure is not so high as to exceed the gelation temperature of the substrate, the technique can also be applied to the present invention.

在日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -0777 1 8號公報中,則揭 示一種爲以溶液流延法加快速度、或防止在拉幅機擴大基 材寬度時的平面性等之品質降低,在拉幅機內乾燥基材時 ,則設定風速爲〇·5至20 ( 40 ) m/s、橫向溫度分布爲10% 以下、基材上下風量比爲0.2至1,且乾燥氣體比爲30至 25 0 J/Kmol的技術。並且,關於在拉幅機內之乾燥,則揭 示根據殘留溶劑量之較佳乾燥條件。 具體而言,其係揭示經由支撐體剝離基材後,在基材 中之殘留溶劑量達到4質量%之期間,將從吹出口之吹出角 度設定在對於膜平面成30至150°之範圍,且將位於乾燥 氣體之吹出延長方向的膜表面上之風速分布,若以風速上 限値爲基準時,則設定上限値與下限値之差爲上限値的 2 0%以內,以供應吹出乾燥氣體來乾燥基材;基材中之殘留 溶劑量爲70質量%以上、130質量%以下時,則設定由吹出 型乾燥機吹出的乾燥氣體在基材表面上之風速爲0.5 m/sec 以上、20 m/sec以下,並且殘留溶劑量爲少於70質量%、4 質量%以上時,則以乾燥氣體之風速在0.5 m/sec以上、40 m/sec以下所吹出的乾燥氣體風將其加以乾燥,且基材寬度 方向之乾燥氣體溫度分布,若以氣體溫度之上限値爲基準 時,則設定上限値與下限値之差爲上限値的1 0%以內;以 -40- 200813500 及基材中之殘留溶劑量爲4質量%以上、2 0 0質量%以下時 ,則設定由位於被輸送的基材之上下的吹出型乾燥機之吹 出口所吹出的乾燥氣體之風量比q爲0.2 S q ^ 1。並且,較 佳的實例係揭示乾燥氣體至少使用一種氣體,且其平均比 熱爲31.0 J/Kvmol以上、250 J/K .mol以下;以及包含在 乾燥中之乾燥氣體中在常溫下爲液體的有機化合物之濃度 ,係以50%以下飽和蒸氣壓之乾燥氣體來予以乾燥等,該 等技術也可採用於本發明。In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. 1-07-0718, it is disclosed that the speed is reduced by the solution casting method, or the flatness of the width of the substrate is prevented from being increased by the tenter, and the quality is lowered. When the substrate is dried in the web, the wind speed is set to 〇·5 to 20 (40) m/s, the lateral temperature distribution is 10% or less, the substrate up-and-down air ratio is 0.2 to 1, and the dry gas ratio is 30 to 25. 0 J/Kmol technology. Further, regarding the drying in the tenter, preferred drying conditions according to the amount of residual solvent are disclosed. Specifically, it is disclosed that the amount of residual solvent in the substrate reaches 4% by mass after the substrate is peeled off via the support, and the blowing angle from the outlet is set to be in the range of 30 to 150° with respect to the film plane. And the wind speed distribution on the surface of the film in the direction in which the drying gas is blown out is based on the upper limit of the wind speed 値, and the difference between the upper limit 値 and the lower limit 设定 is set within 20% of the upper limit , to supply the dry gas. When the amount of the residual solvent in the substrate is 70% by mass or more and 130% by mass or less, the wind speed of the drying gas blown out by the blow dryer is 0.5 m/sec or more and 20 m on the surface of the substrate. When the amount of the residual solvent is less than 70% by mass and 4% by mass or less, the dry gas is blown at a wind speed of 0.5 m/sec or more and 40 m/sec or less at a wind speed of the dry gas. The temperature distribution of the drying gas in the width direction of the substrate is set to be within 10% of the upper limit 若 when the upper limit of the gas temperature is based on the upper limit 气体 of the gas temperature; in the range of -40-200813500 and the substrate Residual dissolution When the dose is 4% by mass or more and 200% by mass or less, the air volume ratio q of the dry gas blown from the outlet of the blow dryer of the substrate to be conveyed is set to 0.2 S q ^ 1 . Moreover, a preferred example discloses that the dry gas uses at least one gas and has an average specific heat of 31.0 J/Kvmol or more and 250 J/K.mol or less; and an organic liquid which is contained in a dry gas in a dry state at a normal temperature. The concentration of the compound is dried by a drying gas having a saturated vapor pressure of 50% or less, and the like can also be employed in the present invention.

在曰本發明專利特開平第1 1 -077.71 9號公報中,則揭 示一種爲防止因產生污染物質而導致平面性或塗布惡化, 而在TAC (纖維素三乙酸酯)膜之製造裝置中,拉幅機之 膜鋏係內建加熱部份的技術。 並且,該技術也揭示更佳的實施方式,其係在拉幅機 之膜鋏釋放基材起直到再度夾持基材之期間,設置用於移 除產生於膜鋏與基材之接觸部份的異物之裝置;使用噴射 氣體或液體及刷子來移除異物;膜鋏或夾針與基材接觸時 之殘留量爲12質量%以上、50質量%以下;以及膜鋏或夾 針與基材的接觸部之表面溫度爲60°以上、200°以下(更 佳爲80°以上、120°以下)等,該技術也可採用於本發明 在日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -090943號公報中,則揭 示一種爲優化平面性、改良在拉幅機內之斷裂所造成的品 質降低、提高生產性,關於拉幅機膜鋏,則設定拉幅機之 任意輸送長度Lt ( m ),與長度與Lt相同的拉幅機之膜鋏 -41 - 200813500 所保持基材的部份之輸送方向長度的總和Ltt ( m )之比Lr =Ltt/Lt爲l.OSLrSl.99之發明。並且,較佳的實例係揭 示用於保持基材之部份係予以配置成從基材寬度方向觀看 係並無間隙的技術,該技術也可採用於本發明。In the publication of the TAC (cellulose triacetate) film, in order to prevent flatness or coating deterioration due to generation of a contaminant, it is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei. No. Hei. The film of the tenter is a built-in heating part technology. Moreover, the technique also discloses a more preferred embodiment for removing the contact portion generated between the film and the substrate during the release of the film from the tenter of the tenter until the substrate is held again. Foreign matter device; using a gas or liquid and a brush to remove foreign matter; the residual amount of the film or the contact of the pin with the substrate is 12% by mass or more and 50% by mass or less; and the film or the pin and the substrate The surface temperature of the contact portion is 60° or more, 200° or less (more preferably 80° or more, 120° or less), and the like. The technique can also be applied to the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. Hei No. Hei 01-090943. , in order to optimize the flatness, improve the quality caused by the breakage in the tenter, and improve the productivity. Regarding the tenter film, set the arbitrary transport length Lt ( m ) of the tenter, and the length. The film of the tenter of the same type as Lt-41 - 200813500 The ratio of the total length of the transport direction of the portion of the substrate to be held Ltt (m) Lr = Ltt / Lt is the invention of L. OSLrSl. Further, a preferred embodiment discloses a technique for holding a portion of a substrate to be arranged to have no gap from the width direction of the substrate, and the technique can also be applied to the present invention.

在曰本發明專利特開平第1 1 -090944號公報中,則揭 示一種在對於拉幅機導入基材時,爲優化起因於基材彎曲 之平面性惡化與導入不穩定性,關於塑膠膜之製造裝置, 則在拉幅機入口前,具有基材寬度方向彎曲抑制裝置的技 術。 並且,該技術也揭示更佳的實施方式,其係彎曲抑制 裝置爲朝寬度方向擴大的角度係以2至60°之方向範圍旋 轉之旋轉輥;在基材之上部具有吸氣裝置;以及具有可從 基材下方送風之送風機等,該技術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -090945號公報中,則揭 示一種以不至於造成品質劣化與阻礙生產性的彎曲爲目的 ,在TAC之製法中,經由支撐體剝離之基材則在使其對水 平形成角度下導入於拉幅機的技術,該技術也可採用於本 發明。 在日本發明專利特開平第2000-289903號公報中,則 揭示一種爲製造物性穩定之膜,而在經剝離且溶劑含率爲 50至12質量%時,在一面朝基材寬度方向賦予張力、一面 輸送之輸送裝置,具有基材寬度檢測裝置與基材保持裝置 、及兩個以上可變動的彎曲點,並以基材之寬度檢測由檢 測信號計算基材寬度,以變更彎曲點位置的技術,該技術 -42- 200813500 也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2003 -03 3 93 3號公報中,則揭 示爲提高夾持性、長期間防止基材之斷裂、以製得品質優 異的膜,則對於拉幅機鄰近入口部份之左右兩側,在基材 左右兩側緣部之上方和下方中,至少在下方配置抗產生基 材側緣部捲曲用導向板,且導向板之基材相對面係由配置 在基材輸送方向之基材接觸用樹脂部、及基材接觸用金屬 部所構成。In the case of introducing a substrate to a tenter, it is disclosed that the flatness deterioration and the introduction instability caused by the bending of the substrate are optimized for the plastic film. The manufacturing apparatus has a technique of a substrate width direction bending suppressing device before the tenter inlet. Moreover, this technique also discloses a more preferred embodiment in which the bending suppression device is a rotating roller that rotates in a direction of 2 to 60° in an angle that expands in the width direction; has a suction device on the upper portion of the substrate; A blower or the like that can be blown from below the substrate can also be used in the present invention. In the method of TAC, the substrate which is peeled off via the support is used in the TAC manufacturing method, for the purpose of preventing the deterioration of the quality and the hindrance of the productivity. This technique can also be applied to the present invention for the technique of introducing into a tenter at a horizontal forming angle. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-289903, a film having a stable physical property is disclosed, and when peeled off and the solvent content is 50 to 12% by mass, tension is applied to the width direction of the substrate. The conveying device for conveying one side has a substrate width detecting device and a substrate holding device, and two or more variable bending points, and detecting the width of the substrate by the detection signal by detecting the width of the substrate to change the position of the bending point. Techniques, the technique - 42-200813500 can also be employed in the present invention. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-03-0393, it is disclosed that in order to improve the gripping property and prevent breakage of the substrate for a long period of time, to obtain a film excellent in quality, the tenter is adjacent to the inlet portion. On the left and right sides, a guide plate for preventing curling of the side edge portion of the substrate is disposed at least below and below the left and right edge portions of the substrate, and the opposite surface of the substrate of the guide plate is disposed on the substrate. The substrate contact resin portion and the substrate contact metal portion are formed in the direction.

並且,該技術也揭示更佳的實施方式,其係導向板之 基材相對面的基材接觸用樹脂部係配置在基材輸送方向之 上游側,基材接觸用金屬部係配置在下游側;導向板之基 材接觸用樹脂部與基材接觸用金屬部之間的階梯差(包含 傾斜)係在5〇Ομηι以內;導向板之基材接觸用樹脂部與基 材接觸用金屬部之接於基材的寬度方向之距離係分別爲2 至150 mm;導向板之基材接觸用樹脂部與基材接觸用金屬 部之接於基材的基材輸送方向之距離係分別爲5至1 20 mm ;導向板之基材接觸用樹脂部係以表面樹脂加工或樹脂塗 布設置於金屬製導向基板;導向板之基材接觸用樹脂部係 由樹脂單體構成;在基材之左右兩側緣部配置在上方和下 方的導向板之基材相對面彼此之間的距離爲3至30 mm ; 在基材之左右兩側緣部之上下兩導向板之基材相對面彼此 之間的距離係朝基材寬度方向、且內側以每1 〇〇 mm寬度爲 2 mm以上之比率來擴大;在基材之左右兩側緣部之上下兩 導向板係分別具有1 〇至3 00 mm之長度者,且上下兩導向 -43- 200813500 板係沿基材輸送方向前後錯開配置,上下兩導向板彼此之 間的錯開距離爲一200至+ 200 mm ;上部導向板之基材相 對面係僅由樹脂或金屬所構成;導向板之基材接觸用樹脂 部爲特氟綸(Teflon )(註冊商標)製,且基材接觸用金 屬部爲不銹鋼製;以及導向板之基材相對面或設置於其之 基材接觸用樹脂部和/或基材接觸用金屬部之表面粗糙度爲 3μπι以下等。 另外,也揭示較佳的實例爲防止發生基材側緣部捲曲 0 .用之上下導向板之設置位置,較佳爲從支撐體之剝離側端 部至拉幅機導入部之間,特別更佳爲設置於鄰近拉幅機入 口之部份,該等技術也可採用於本發明。Further, this technique also discloses a preferred embodiment in which the substrate contact resin portion on the substrate facing surface of the guide plate is disposed on the upstream side in the substrate transport direction, and the substrate contact metal portion is disposed on the downstream side. The step (including the inclination) between the resin-contacting resin portion of the guide plate and the substrate-contacting metal portion is within 5 μηη; the substrate contact-contacting resin portion of the guide plate and the substrate-contacting metal portion are The distance in the width direction of the substrate is 2 to 150 mm, respectively; the distance between the substrate contact resin portion of the guide plate and the substrate contact metal portion in the substrate transport direction of the substrate is 5 to 5, respectively. 1 20 mm; the resin portion for substrate contact of the guide plate is provided on the metal guide substrate by surface resin processing or resin coating; the resin portion for substrate contact of the guide plate is composed of a resin monomer; The side edge portion is disposed at a distance of 3 to 30 mm between the opposite surfaces of the substrate of the upper and lower guide plates; between the opposite sides of the substrate of the lower and lower guide plates at the left and right edge portions of the substrate Distance to substrate width The inner side is enlarged at a ratio of 2 mm or more per 1 mm width; the upper and lower guide plates are respectively 1 to 300 mm in length on the left and right side edges of the substrate, and the upper and lower sides are respectively Guide-43- 200813500 The plate system is staggered back and forth along the conveying direction of the substrate, and the upper and lower guide plates are offset from each other by 200 to + 200 mm; the opposite surface of the upper guide plate is composed only of resin or metal. The substrate for contacting the substrate of the guide plate is made of Teflon (registered trademark), and the metal portion for substrate contact is made of stainless steel; and the opposite surface of the substrate of the guide plate or the substrate provided thereon is in contact with The surface roughness of the metal portion for contacting the resin portion and/or the substrate is 3 μm or less. Further, it is also disclosed that a preferred example is to prevent occurrence of curling of the side edge portion of the substrate. The position of the upper and lower guide plates is preferably from the peeling side end portion of the support body to the tenter introduction portion, particularly Preferably, such techniques are provided adjacent to the entrance of the tenter, and such techniques are also applicable to the present invention.

在曰本發明專利特開平第1 1 -04827 1號公報中,則揭 示一種爲防止在拉幅機內乾燥中產生的基材切斷或不均勻 性,而在剝離後,在基材之溶劑含率爲5 0至1 2質量%時, 以寬度延伸裝置加以延伸和乾燥;且在基材之溶劑含率爲 10質量%以下時,以加壓裝置從基材兩面施加.0.2至10 KPa壓力的技術。 並且,該技術也揭示更佳的實施方式,亦即,在溶劑 含率爲4質量%以上之時即結束施加張力、或若由基材(膜 )兩面施加壓力之方法係使用夾持輥來施加壓力時,則夾 持輥之組數較佳爲約1至8組,且加壓時之溫度較佳爲1 00 至200 °C,該技術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2002-03 6266號公報中,則揭 示一種爲製造厚度爲20至85μπι之高品質薄褶的技術之較 -44- 200813500In the publication of Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. 1 1 -04 827, a solvent for a substrate is removed after peeling to prevent cutting or unevenness of the substrate which is generated during drying in a tenter. When the content is from 50 to 12% by mass, it is extended and dried by a width extending device; and when the solvent content of the substrate is 10% by mass or less, a pressurizing device is applied from both sides of the substrate by 0.2 to 10 KPa. Pressure technology. Further, this technique also discloses a more preferred embodiment, that is, when the solvent content is 4% by mass or more, the tension is applied, or when the pressure is applied from both sides of the substrate (film), the nip roll is used. When pressure is applied, the number of sets of the nip rolls is preferably from about 1 to 8 sets, and the temperature at the time of pressurization is preferably from 100 to 200 ° C. This technique can also be employed in the present invention. In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-03 6266, a technique for producing a high-quality thin pleat having a thickness of 20 to 85 μm is disclosed. -44- 200813500

佳實施方式,其係將在拉幅機前後之對基材沿其輸送方向 所作用的張力之差,設定在8 N/mm2以下;在剝離步驟之 後,具備用於預熱基材之「預熱步驟」:用於在該預熱步 驟後使用拉幅機來延伸基材之「延伸步驟」;用於在該延 伸步驟後僅以比該延伸步驟之延伸量爲少的量緩和基材之 「緩和步驟」;且在預熱步驟及如上所述延伸步驟之溫度 T!設定在(膜之玻璃轉移溫度Tg— 60) °C以上,在緩和步 驟之溫度T2設定在(h — 1 0 ) °C以下;以及在延伸步驟的 基材之延伸率,以相對於即將導入於此延伸步驟之前的基 材寬度之比率計則設定在〇至3 0%,在緩和步驟的基材之 延伸率則設定在- 1 0至1 0%等,該技術也可採用於本發明 在日本發明專利特開第2002-225054號公報中,則揭 示以乾燥膜厚爲10至60μιη之薄型化及輕量化、具有優越 的透濕性、耐久性爲目的,而採取在剝離後直到基材之殘 留溶劑量達到1 〇質量%爲止之期間,以膜鋏抓住基材兩端 ,實施利用保持寬度的乾燥收縮抑制、和/或朝寬度方向延 伸,以形成以下式(III )所代表之面配向度S爲0.0008至 0.0020之膜(下式(III)中,Νχ係指膜面內之折射率最大 的方向之折射率,Ny係指對於Νχ在面內成正交的方向之 折射率,Ν ζ係指膜之膜厚方向之折射率);自流延直到剝 離爲止之時間設定在30至90秒鐘;以及將剝離後之基材 朝寬度方向和/或長度方向加以延伸等,該技術也可採用於 本發明。 -45- 200813500 S = { ( Nx + Ny ) /2} - Nz 式(III ) 此外,在日本發明專利特開第2002-341 1 44號公報中 ,則爲抑制光學不均勻性而揭示一種包括遲滯上升劑( retardation enhancer )之質量濃度係具有愈靠近膜寬度方向 中央,愈具有高光學分布之延伸步驟之溶液製膜方法,該 技術也可採用於本發明。In a preferred embodiment, the difference between the tension applied to the substrate in the conveying direction before and after the tenter is set to be 8 N/mm 2 or less; after the peeling step, the pre-heating substrate is provided Thermal step: an "extension step" for extending the substrate using a tenter after the preheating step; for relaxing the substrate with only an amount less than the extension of the stretching step after the stretching step "Relieving step"; and the temperature T! in the preheating step and the stretching step as described above is set at (glass transition temperature Tg - 60) °C or higher, and the temperature T2 in the relaxation step is set at (h - 1 0) Below °C; and the elongation of the substrate in the stretching step is set at 〇 to 30% relative to the width of the substrate to be introduced before the stretching step, and the elongation of the substrate in the easing step In the case of the present invention, it is also disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-225054, which discloses a thinning and weight reduction of a dry film thickness of 10 to 60 μm. With superior moisture permeability and durability, After the peeling is performed until the amount of the residual solvent of the substrate reaches 1 〇 mass%, the both ends of the substrate are grasped by the film ,, and the drying shrinkage by the holding width is suppressed and/or extended in the width direction to form the following. The surface orientation S represented by the formula (III) is a film of 0.0008 to 0.0020 (in the following formula (III), the lanthanum refers to the refractive index in the direction in which the refractive index of the film surface is the largest, and Ny means that the yttrium is formed in the plane. The refractive index in the orthogonal direction, the refractive index of the film in the film thickness direction; the time from the casting until the peeling is set to 30 to 90 seconds; and the peeled substrate is oriented in the width direction and/or This technique can also be employed in the present invention by extending the length direction and the like. -45- 200813500 S = { ( Nx + Ny ) /2} - Nz Formula (III) Further, in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-341 1 44, a method for suppressing optical unevenness is disclosed. The mass concentration of the retardation enhancer is a solution film forming method having an extension step of a higher optical distribution as it is closer to the center in the film width direction, and this technique can also be employed in the present invention.

在日本發明專利特開第2003-071863號公報中,則揭 示爲製造不至於產生混濁之膜,寬度方向之延伸倍率較佳 爲0至1 〇〇%,若用作爲偏光板保護膜時,則更佳爲5至 2 0 %,且最佳爲8至1 5 %。 另一方面’該公報揭示若用作爲相位差膜(光學補償 膜)時,則更佳爲1〇至40%,且最佳爲20至30%,以延 伸倍率即可控制R〇,若採取高延伸倍率時,則所製得之膜 係具有優越的平面性,因此爲較佳。 並且,揭示施加拉幅時的膜之殘留溶劑量較佳爲開始 拉幅時爲20至1 00質量%,且較佳爲膜之殘留溶劑量直到 達到1 0質量%以下爲止,邊拉幅邊乾燥,且更佳爲5質量 %以下。 / 另外,也揭示施加拉幅時之乾燥溫度較佳爲3 0至 150。(3,更佳爲50至120 °〇,且最佳爲70至100 °C,若採用 低乾燥溫度時’紫外線吸收劑或塑化劑等之揮發少,可減 少製程污染’但是若採用高乾燥溫度時’卻具有優越的膜 之平面性,該技術也可採用於本發明。 另外,在曰本發明專利特開第2002-248639號公報中 -46- 200813500 ’則揭不一種爲減少在高溫度、高濕度條件下儲存時之縱 、橫向尺寸變動,而在支撐體上流延纖維素酯溶液,且連 續地剝離並將其加以乾燥的膜之製造方法中,以能使乾燥 收縮率符合下式(IV )的條件之方式來實施乾燥的技術。 〇 S乾燥收縮率(%)$〇· lx剝離時之殘留溶劑量(%) 式(IV)In Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2003-071863, it is disclosed that, in order to produce a film which does not cause turbidity, the stretching ratio in the width direction is preferably from 0 to 1% by weight, and when used as a protective film for a polarizing plate, More preferably 5 to 20%, and most preferably 8 to 15%. On the other hand, the publication discloses that when used as a retardation film (optical compensation film), it is more preferably from 1 to 40%, and most preferably from 20 to 30%, and R can be controlled by the stretching ratio, if At a high stretching ratio, the film system produced has superior planarity and is therefore preferred. Further, it is disclosed that the amount of residual solvent of the film when the tenter is applied is preferably from 20 to 100% by mass at the start of tentering, and it is preferred that the residual solvent amount of the film is less than 10% by mass until the side is stretched. It is dry, and more preferably 5% by mass or less. Further, it is also revealed that the drying temperature at the time of applying the tenter is preferably from 30 to 150. (3, more preferably 50 to 120 ° 〇, and most preferably 70 to 100 ° C, if low drying temperature is used, 'ultraviolet absorbing agent or plasticizer, etc., less volatile, can reduce process pollution' but if high At the drying temperature, it has a superior planarity of the film, and the technique can also be applied to the present invention. In addition, in the Japanese Patent Laid-Open Publication No. 2002-248639-46-200813500, In the method for producing a film in which the longitudinal and lateral dimensions are changed during storage under high temperature and high humidity, and the cellulose ester solution is cast on the support and continuously peeled off and dried, the drying shrinkage ratio can be matched. The drying technique is carried out in the form of the following formula (IV). 干燥S drying shrinkage (%) $〇· lx residual solvent amount (%) Formula (IV)

並且,該技術也揭示更佳的實施方式,其係剝離後之 纖維素酯膜的殘留溶劑量在4 0至1 〇 〇質量%之範圍內時, 則一面以拉幅機輸送抓住纖維素酯膜之兩端部、一面至少 使殘留溶劑量減少3 0質量%以上;在剝離後之纖維素酯膜 的拉幅機輸送入口之殘留溶劑量爲40至1 〇〇質量%,出口 之殘留溶劑量爲4至20質量。/〇;以拉幅機輸送所輸送的纖 維素酯膜之張力係設定爲由拉幅機輸送入口朝著出口而增 加;以及以拉幅機輸送纖維素酯膜之輸送張力係與在寬度 方向的纖維素酯膜之張力係大致相等等,該技術也可採用 於本發明。 此外,在日本發明專利特開第2000-239403號公報中 ,則揭示爲製造膜厚爲薄、且具有優越的光學等方性、平 面性之膜,則將剝離時之殘留溶劑率X與導入拉幅機時之 殘留溶劑率Y之關係,設定在0.3 X SYS 0.9 X之範圍來實 施製膜,該技術也可採用於本發明。 在日本發明專利特開第2002-286933號公報,則揭示 用於延伸以流延製膜的膜之方法,係包括在加熱條件下進 行延伸之方法、及在含有溶劑條件下進行延伸之方法,若 在加熱條件下進行延伸時,則較佳爲在樹脂之玻璃轉移溫 -47-Moreover, this technique also reveals a more preferred embodiment in which the amount of residual solvent of the cellulose ester film after peeling is in the range of 40 to 1% by mass, and then the cellulose is grasped by a tenter. At least both sides of the ester film are reduced by at least 30% by mass of the residual solvent; and the amount of residual solvent in the tenter transfer inlet of the cellulose ester film after peeling is 40 to 1% by mass, and the residue remains. The amount of solvent is 4 to 20 mass. /〇; the tension of the cellulose ester film conveyed by the tenter is set to be increased by the tenter conveying inlet toward the outlet; and the conveying tension of the cellulose ester film by the tenter is in the width direction The tension of the cellulose ester film is approximately the same, and the like can also be employed in the present invention. In addition, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2000-239403 discloses that a film having a thin film thickness and excellent optical equivalence and planarity is used, and the residual solvent ratio X at the time of peeling is introduced. The relationship between the residual solvent rate Y at the tenter and the range of 0.3 X SYS 0.9 X is set to form a film, and this technique can also be applied to the present invention. Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 2002-286933 discloses a method for extending a film for casting a film, which comprises a method of stretching under heating conditions, and a method of stretching under a solvent-containing condition, If the stretching is carried out under heating conditions, it is preferred to transfer the temperature in the glass of the resin -47-

200813500 度附近以下之溫度進行延伸,而在含浸滲溶劑條件下 經流延製膜之膜時,則將一旦經乾燥的膜再與溶劑接 浸滲溶劑來加以延伸,該技術也可採用於本發明。 〈〈遲滯上升劑〉〉 〔控制Rth之遲滯上升劑〕 在用於構成本發明之光學補償膜之透明支撐體, 有用於選擇性地控制Rth之遲滯上升劑(Rth上升劑) 所謂的本發明之Rth上升劑,就是在經添加於透 撐體內即能使該透明支撐體之Re和Rth上升的一般性 上升劑中,經添加於透明支撐體內即能對Re選擇性地 Rth之化合物。例如,從經添加所製得之透明支撐體序 値和Rth値,扣除該透明支撐體本來(未添加Rth上 之透明支撐體)之Re値和Rth値時,則由添加的化合 Rth上升劑)所顯現之Rth係相對於Re而顯現特定以 値之化合物。 該Rth上升劑較佳爲在250 nm以上至少具有一個 極大,更佳爲在250以上、360 nm以下至少具有一個 極大,且進一步更佳爲在300以上、355 nm以下至少 一個吸收極大。 藉此構成時,則在630 nm、550 nm和450 nm之 長的Rth値之差將增大,因此可抑制色相變化。 另外,包含在用於構成本發明之光學補償膜的透 撐體之Rth上升劑,較佳爲至少具有二芳香族環之化 延伸 觸以 係含 〇 明支 遲滯 顯現 g Re 升劑 物( 上的 吸收 吸收 具有 各波 明支 合物 -48- 200813500 另外,包含在用於構成本發明之光學補償膜的透明支 撐體之Rth上升劑,較佳爲選自以如下所示之通式(η )至 (V )所代表之化合物。The temperature is extended below the temperature of 200813500 degrees, and when the film is cast by the impregnation solvent, the dried film is further impregnated with the solvent to extend the solvent, and the technique can also be applied to the present invention. invention. <Hysteresis-increasing agent> [Controlling the retardation-increasing agent of Rth] The transparent support for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention has a hysteresis-increasing agent (Rth-increasing agent) for selectively controlling Rth. The Rth rising agent is a compound which can be selectively R to Re in a transparent support by adding it to a general ascending agent which can increase the Re and Rth of the transparent support by being added to the permeable body. For example, when the transparent support body 値 and Rth 制 obtained by the addition are subtracted from Re 値 and R 値 本 of the transparent support originally (the transparent support on the Rth is not added), the added compound Rth riser is added. The Rth which appears is a compound which is specific to Re with respect to Re. The Rth rising agent preferably has at least one maximum at 250 nm or more, more preferably at least one maximum at 250 or more and 360 nm or less, and still more preferably at least one absorption maximum at 300 or more and 355 nm or less. With this configuration, the difference in Rth 长 at 630 nm, 550 nm, and 450 nm is increased, so that the hue change can be suppressed. Further, the Rth ascending agent contained in the permeable member for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention preferably has at least a di-aromatic ring extending to exhibit a hysteresis agent Absorbing and absorbing having each of the Wollamine-48-200813500 Further, the Rth rising agent contained in the transparent support for constituting the optical compensation film of the present invention is preferably selected from the following formula (η) ) to the compound represented by (V).

通式(Π) 在通式(II )中,R12係各自獨立地代表在鄰位、間位 和對位中之至少任一者具有取代基之芳香族環或雜環( heterocycle) , 另外,X11係各自獨立地代表單鍵或NR13 —。其中, R13係各自獨立地代表氫原子、經取代或未經取代之烷基、 烯基、芳基或雜環基。 以R12所代表之芳香族環,較佳爲苯基或萘基,特佳 φ 爲苯基。以Rl2所代表之芳香族環可在任一取代位置具有 至少一個取代基。該「取代基」之實例係包括:鹵素原子 、羥基、氰基、硝基、羧基、烷基、烯基、芳基、烷氧基 、靖氧基、芳氧基、醯氧基、烷氧基羰基、烯氧基羰基、 芳氧基Μ基、胺磺醯基、經烷基取代之胺磺醯基、經烯基 取代之胺磺酸基、經芳基取代之胺磺醯基、磺醯胺基、胺 甲酸基、經院基取代之胺甲醯基、經烯基取代之胺甲醯基 、經芳基取代之胺甲醯基、醯胺基、烷硫基、烯硫基、芳 硫基、及醯基。 -49· 200813500 以R12所代表之雜環基較佳爲具有芳香族性。具有芳 香族性之雜環’一般爲不飽和雜環,較佳爲具有最多的雙 鍵之雜環。雜環較佳爲5員環、6員環或7員環,更佳爲5 員環或6員環,且最佳爲6員環。雜環之雜原子,較佳爲 氮原子、硫原子或氧原子,特佳爲氮原子。具有芳香族性 之雜環’特佳爲吡啶環(雜環基是2 -吡啶基或4 -吡啶基) 。雑環基可具有取代基。雜環基之取代基實例係與如上所 述的芳基部份之取代基實例相同。In the formula (II), R12 each independently represents an aromatic ring or a heterocyclic ring having a substituent in at least one of an ortho, meta and para position, and The X11 series each independently represents a single bond or NR13. Wherein R13 each independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group. The aromatic ring represented by R12 is preferably a phenyl group or a naphthyl group, and particularly preferably φ is a phenyl group. The aromatic ring represented by Rl2 may have at least one substituent at any of the substitution positions. Examples of the "substituent" include halogen atom, hydroxyl group, cyano group, nitro group, carboxyl group, alkyl group, alkenyl group, aryl group, alkoxy group, anthraceneoxy group, aryloxy group, decyloxy group, alkoxy group. Alkylcarbonyl, alkenyloxycarbonyl, aryloxyindenyl, aminesulfonyl, alkyl-substituted amine sulfonyl, alkenyl-substituted amine sulfonate, aryl-substituted aminoxime, sulfonate Amidino, carbamate, transesteryl substituted megluminyl, alkenyl substituted aminomethyl, aryl substituted amidyl, anthranyl, alkylthio, alkylthio, aryl Sulfur-based, and sulfhydryl groups. -49· 200813500 The heterocyclic group represented by R12 is preferably aromatic. The heterocyclic ring having an aromatic character is generally an unsaturated heterocyclic ring, preferably a heterocyclic ring having the most double bonds. The heterocyclic ring is preferably a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring or a 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and most preferably a 6-membered ring. The hetero atom of the hetero ring is preferably a nitrogen atom, a sulfur atom or an oxygen atom, and particularly preferably a nitrogen atom. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is particularly preferably a pyridine ring (the heterocyclic group is a 2-pyridyl group or a 4-pyridyl group). The anthracene ring group may have a substituent. Examples of the substituent of the heterocyclic group are the same as the examples of the substituent of the aryl moiety as described above.

X11爲單鍵時的雜環基,較佳爲在氮原子具有游離原子 價之雜環基。在氮原子具有游離原子價之雜環基係較佳爲5 員環、6員環或7員環,更佳爲5員環或6員環,且最佳爲 5員環。雜環基也可具有複數個氮原子。另外,雜環基也可 具有氮原子以外之雜原子(例如Ο、S )。以下,例示在氮 原子具有游離原子價之雜環基的實例。X11 is a heterocyclic group in the case of a single bond, and preferably a heterocyclic group having a free atomic valence in a nitrogen atom. The heterocyclic group having a free valence of a nitrogen atom is preferably a 5-membered ring, a 6-membered ring or a 7-membered ring, more preferably a 5-membered ring or a 6-membered ring, and most preferably a 5-membered ring. The heterocyclic group may also have a plurality of nitrogen atoms. Further, the heterocyclic group may have a hetero atom other than a nitrogen atom (e.g., fluorene, S). Hereinafter, an example of a heterocyclic group having a free valence of a nitrogen atom is exemplified.

•50- 200813500 在通式(II)中,X11係單鍵或NR13—,R13係獨立地 代表氫原子、經取代或未經取代之烷基、烯基、芳基或雜 環基。• 50- 200813500 In the formula (II), the X11 is a single bond or NR13-, and R13 independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkyl group, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group.

以R13所代表之烷基,係可爲環狀烷基或鏈狀烷基, 但是較佳的鏈狀烷基,與具有分枝之鏈狀烷基相比較,則 更佳爲直鏈狀烷基。烷基之碳原子數,較佳爲1至3 0,更 佳爲1至20,進一步更佳爲丨至1〇,又進一步更佳爲1至 8’且最佳爲1至6。烷基也可具有取代基。取代基之實例 係包括:鹵素原子、烷氧基(例如甲氧基、乙氧基)及醯 氧基(例如,丙烯醯氧基、甲基丙烯醯氧基)。 以R13所代表之烯基,雖然可爲環狀烯基或鏈狀烯基 ’但是較佳爲代表鏈狀烯基,與具有分枝之鏈狀烯基相比 較’則更佳爲代表直鏈狀烯基。烯基之碳原子數,較佳爲2 至30,更佳爲2至20,進一步更佳爲2至10,又進一步更 佳爲2至8,且最佳爲2至6。烯基也可具有取代基。取代 基實例,係與如上所述之烷基之取代基相同。 以R13所代表之芳香族環基和雜環基,係與以Ri2所代 表之芳香族環和雜環相同,且較佳的範圍也是相同。芳香 族環基和雜環基可又具有取代基,取代基實例係與R12之 芳香族環和雜環之取代基相同。 以下,展示在本發明使用之以通式(II)所代表之Rth 上升劑的具體實例。各例示化合物中之相同結構式內所示 之複數個R,係意謂相同之基。R之定義則與具體實例號碼 同時表示於式之後面。 -51- 200813500 Π-⑴ ~ (66)The alkyl group represented by R13 may be a cyclic alkyl group or a chain alkyl group, but a preferred chain alkyl group is more preferably a linear alkane than a branched chain alkyl group. base. The number of carbon atoms of the alkyl group is preferably from 1 to 30, more preferably from 1 to 20, still more preferably from 丨 to 1 Torr, still more preferably from 1 to 8' and most preferably from 1 to 6. The alkyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent include a halogen atom, an alkoxy group (e.g., methoxy group, ethoxy group), and an anthracene group (e.g., acryloxy group, methacryloxy group). The alkenyl group represented by R13, although it may be a cyclic alkenyl group or a chain alkenyl group, but preferably represents a chain alkenyl group, is more preferably a linear chain than a branched chain alkenyl group having a branch. Alkenyl. The number of carbon atoms of the alkenyl group is preferably from 2 to 30, more preferably from 2 to 20, still more preferably from 2 to 10, still more preferably from 2 to 8, and most preferably from 2 to 6. The alkenyl group may also have a substituent. Examples of the substituent are the same as the substituent of the alkyl group as described above. The aromatic ring group and the heterocyclic group represented by R13 are the same as the aromatic ring and the hetero ring represented by Ri2, and the preferred ranges are also the same. The aromatic ring group and the heterocyclic group may have a substituent, and the substituent examples are the same as those of the aromatic ring and the hetero ring of R12. Hereinafter, specific examples of the Rth ascending agent represented by the general formula (II) used in the present invention are shown. The plurality of Rs shown in the same structural formula in each of the exemplified compounds means the same group. The definition of R is shown at the same time as the specific instance number. -51- 200813500 Π-(1) ~ (66)

II- ( 2) 3-乙氧基羰基苯基· II- ( 3 ) 3-丁氧基苯基 II- ( 4 )間-聯苯基 II- ( 5 ) 3-苯基苯硫基 II- ( 6 ) 3-氯苯基 II- ( 7 ) 3-苯甲醯基苯基 II- ( 8 ) 3-乙醯氧基苯基 φ II- ( 9 ) 3-苯甲醯氧基苯基 II- ( 10) 3_苯氧基羰基苯基 II· ( 1 1 ) 3-甲氧基苯基 II- ( 12 ) 3-苯胺基苯基 II- ( 13 ) 3-異丁醯基胺基苯基 II- ( 14) 3-苯氧基羰基胺基苯基 II- ( 15 ) 3- ( 3-乙基脲基)苯基 11-(16) 3- (3,3-二乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 17 ) 3-甲基苯基 -52- 200813500 II- ( 1 8 ) 3-苯氧基苯基 Π- ( 19) 3-羥基苯基 II- ( 20) 4 -乙氧基鐵基苯基 II- ( 21 ) 4-丁氧基苯基 II- ( 22)對-聯苯基 II- ( 23 ) 4-苯基苯硫基 II- ( 24 ) 4-氯苯基 11-(25) 4 -本甲釀基苯基II-( 2) 3-ethoxycarbonylphenyl· II-( 3 ) 3-butoxyphenyl II-( 4 ) m-biphenyl II-( 5 ) 3-phenylphenylthio II- (6) 3-Chlorophenyl II-( 7 ) 3-benzylidenylphenyl II-( 8 ) 3-ethoxycarbonylphenyl φ II-( 9 ) 3-benzylideneoxyphenyl II - (10) 3-Phenoxycarbonylphenyl II·(1 1 ) 3-methoxyphenyl II-( 12 ) 3-anilinophenyl II-( 13 ) 3-isobutylguanidinophenyl - ( 14) 3-Phenoxycarbonylaminophenyl II-( 15 ) 3- ( 3-ethylureido)phenyl 11-(16) 3- (3,3-diethylureido)benzene Base II-( 17 ) 3-methylphenyl-52- 200813500 II-( 1 8 ) 3-phenoxyphenyl hydrazine-( 19) 3-hydroxyphenyl II-( 20) 4 -ethoxy iron Phenylphenyl-(21)4-butoxyphenyl-II-(22)p-biphenylyl-(23)4-phenylphenylthio-II-(24)4-chlorophenyl 11-( 25) 4 - Bentokilyl

II- ( 26 ) 4-乙醯氧基苯基 II- ( 27 ) 4-苯甲醯氧基苯基 II- ( 28 ) 4-苯氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 29 ) 4-甲氧基苯基 II- ( 30) 4-苯胺基苯基 11-(31) 4-異丁醯基胺基苯基 11-(32) 4-苯氧基羰基胺基苯基 II- ( 33 ) 4- ( 3-乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 34) 4- ( 3,3-二乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 35 ) 4-甲基苯基 Π- ( 36 ) 4-苯氧基苯基 II- ( 37 ) 4-羥基苯基 II- ( 38 ) 3,4-二乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 39 ) 3,4-二丁氧基苯基 II- ( 40 ) 3,4-二苯基苯基 II- ( 41 ) 3,4-二苯基苯硫基 -53 - 200813500 11-(42)3 11-(43)3, 11-(44)3 11-(45) 3 11-(46)3 11-(47) 3 11-(48) 3 11-(49)3 φ 11-(50) 3 11-(51) 3 11-(52) 2 11-(53) 3 11-(54) 3 11-(55) 3 11-(56)3 11-(57) 3II-( 26 ) 4-Ethyloxyphenyl II-( 27 ) 4-benzylideneoxyphenyl II-( 28 ) 4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 29 ) 4-methoxy Phenyl II-( 30) 4-anilinophenyl 11-(31) 4-isobutyldecylaminophenyl 11-(32) 4-phenoxycarbonylaminophenylphenyl-( 33 ) 4- ( 3 -ethylureido)phenyl II-( 34) 4-( 3,3-diethylureido)phenyl II-( 35 ) 4-methylphenylindole-( 36 ) 4-phenoxybenzene Base II-( 37 ) 4-hydroxyphenyl II-( 38 ) 3,4-diethoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 39 ) 3,4-dibutoxyphenyl II- ( 40 ) 3,4 -diphenylphenyl II-( 41 ) 3,4-diphenylphenylthio-53 - 200813500 11-(42)3 11-(43)3, 11-(44)3 11-(45) 3 11-(46)3 11-(47) 3 11-(48) 3 11-(49)3 φ 11-(50) 3 11-(51) 3 11-(52) 2 11-(53) 3 11 -(54) 3 11-(55) 3 11-(56)3 11-(57) 3

11-(59) 3 II- ( 60 ) 3 11-(61) 3 11-(62)3 11-(63)3 11-(64) 3 11-(65) 3 4-二氯苯基 4-二苯甲醯基苯基 4-二乙醯氧基苯基 4 -二苯甲醯氧基苯基 4-二苯氧基羰基苯基 4-二甲氧基苯基 4-二苯胺基苯基 4 -二甲基苯基 4-二苯氧基苯基 4-二羥基苯基 萘基 4.5- 三乙氧基羰基苯基 4.5- 三丁氧基苯基 ,4,5_三苯基苯基 ,4,5-三苯基苯硫基 ,4,5-三氯苯基 ,4,5 -三苯甲醯基苯基 ,4,5-三乙醯氧基苯基 ,4,5 -三苯甲醯氧基苯基 ,4,5-三苯氧基羰基苯基 ,4,5-三甲氧基苯基 ,4,5·三苯胺基苯基 ,4,5-三甲基苯基 ,4,5-三苯氧基苯基 -54 - 200813500 II- ( 66 ) 3,4,5-三羥基苯基 II 一 (67)〜11-(59) 3 II-( 60 ) 3 11-(61) 3 11-(62)3 11-(63)3 11-(64) 3 11-(65) 3 4-dichlorophenyl 4- Dibenzoylphenyl 4-diethoxymethoxyphenyl 4-dibenylmethoxyphenyl 4-diphenoxycarbonylphenyl 4-dimethoxyphenyl 4-diphenylaminophenyl 4- dimethylphenyl 4-diphenoxyphenyl 4-dihydroxyphenylnaphthyl 4.5-triethoxycarbonylphenyl 4.5-tributoxyphenyl, 4,5-triphenylphenyl , 4,5-triphenylphenylthio, 4,5-trichlorophenyl, 4,5-triphenylmethylphenyl, 4,5-triethoxyoxyphenyl, 4,5-three Benzylmethoxyphenyl, 4,5-triphenyloxycarbonylphenyl, 4,5-trimethoxyphenyl, 4,5-triphenylaminophenyl, 4,5-trimethylphenyl, 4,5-triphenyloxyphenyl-54 - 200813500 II-( 66 ) 3,4,5-trihydroxyphenyl II -(67)~

11 - ( 6 7 )苯基 φ II· ( 68 ) 3-乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 69 ) 3 -丁氧基苯基 II· ( 70)間-聯苯基 II- ( 71 ) 3-苯基苯硫基 II- ( 72 ) 3-氯苯基 II- ( 73 ) 3-苯甲醯基苯基 Π- ( 74 ) 3-乙醯氧基苯基 II- ( 75 ) 3-苯甲醯氧基苯基 Φ II- ( 76 ) 3-苯氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 77 ) 3-甲氧基苯基 II- ( 78 ) 3-苯胺基苯基 ΙΙ·(79) 3-異丁醯基胺基苯基 II- ( 80) 3-苯氧基羰基胺基苯基 II- ( 81 ) 3- ( 3-乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 82 ) 3- ( 3,3-二乙基脲基)苯基 11 - ( 8 3 ) 3 -甲基苯基 II- ( 84 ) 3 -苯氧基苯基 -55 - 200813500 II- ( 85 ) 3-羥基苯基 II- ( 86 ) 4_乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 87 ) 4-丁氧基苯基 II· ( 88 )對-聯苯基 II- ( 89 ) 4-苯基苯硫基 II- ( 90 ) 4-氯苯基 II- ( 91 ) 4-苯甲醯基苯基 II- ( 92 ) 4-乙醯氧基苯基11 - ( 6 7 )phenyl φ II· ( 68 ) 3-ethoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 69 ) 3 -butoxyphenyl II · ( 70 ) m-biphenyl II- ( 71 ) 3 -Phenylphenylthio II-( 72 ) 3-chlorophenyl II-( 73 ) 3-benzylidinylphenyl fluorene-( 74 ) 3-ethoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 75 ) 3-benzene Methoxyoxyphenyl Φ II-( 76 ) 3-phenoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 77 ) 3-methoxyphenyl II-( 78 ) 3-anilinophenyl hydrazone (79) 3- Isobutyl mercaptophenyl II-( 80) 3-phenoxycarbonylaminophenyl II-( 81 ) 3- ( 3-ethylureido)phenyl II- ( 82 ) 3- ( 3,3- Diethylureido)phenyl 11 -( 8 3 ) 3 -methylphenyl II-( 84 ) 3 -phenoxyphenyl-55 - 200813500 II- ( 85 ) 3-hydroxyphenyl II- ( 86 4_ethoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 87 ) 4-butoxyphenyl II · ( 88 ) p-biphenyl II-( 89 ) 4-phenylphenylthio II- ( 90 ) 4- Chlorophenyl II-( 91 ) 4-benzylidenephenyl II-( 92 ) 4-ethenyloxyphenyl

II- ( 93 ) 4-苯甲醯氧基苯基 Π- ( 94) 4-苯氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 95 ) 4-甲氧基苯基 II- ( 96 ) 4-苯胺基苯基 11-(97) 4-異丁醯基胺基苯基 11-(98) 4-苯氧基羰基胺基苯基 Π- ( 99 ) 4- ( 3-乙基脲基)苯基 II- (100) 4- (3,3-二乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 101 ) 4-甲基苯基 II- ( 102 ) 4-苯氧基苯基 II- ( 1 03 ) 4-羥基苯基 II- (104) 3,4-二乙氧基羰基苯基 II- (105 )3,4-二丁氧基苯基 II- ( 106 ) 3,4-二苯基苯基 II- ( 107 ) 3,4-二苯基苯硫基 II- ( 1 08 ) 3,4-二氯苯基 -56 - 200813500 II- ( 109 ) 3,4-二苯甲醯基苯基 11-(110) 3,4-二乙醯氧基苯基 II-(lll) 3,4-二苯甲醯氧基苯基 II- ( 1 12 ) 3,4-二苯氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 1 1 3 ) 3,4-二甲氧基苯基 II· ( 1 14 ) 3,4-二苯胺基苯基 11-(115) 3,4 -二甲基苯基 11-(116) 3,4-二苯氧基苯基 φ II- ( 1 17 ) 3,4-二羥基苯基 II- ( 1 18 ) 2-萘基 11-(119) 3,4,5-三乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 120 ) 3,4,5-三丁氧基苯基 II- ( 121 ) 3,4,5-三苯基苯基 II- ( 122) 3,4,5-三苯基苯硫基 II· ( 123 ) 3,4,5-三氯苯基 11-(124) 3,4,5-三苯甲醯基苯基 Φ II- ( 125 ) 3,4,5-三乙醯氧基苯基 11-(126) 3,4,5·三苯甲醯氧基苯基 II- ( 127) 3,4,5-三苯氧基羰基苯基 11-(128) 3,4,5-三甲氧基苯基 II- ( 129 ) 3,4,5-三苯胺基苯基 II· ( 130 ) 3,4,5-三甲基苯基 II- ( 131) 3,4,5-三苯氧基苯基 II- ( 132) 3,4,5 -三羥基苯基 -57 - 200813500 II -(133)〜(330)II-( 93 ) 4-Benzyloxyphenyl hydrazine-( 94) 4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 95 ) 4-methoxyphenyl II-( 96 ) 4-anilinylphenyl 11-(97) 4-Isobutyl decylaminophenyl 11-(98) 4-phenoxycarbonylaminophenyl hydrazine-( 99 ) 4-( 3-ethylureido)phenyl II- (100) 4-(3,3-Diethylureido)phenyl II-(101) 4-methylphenyl II-( 102 ) 4-phenoxyphenyl II-( 1 03 ) 4-hydroxyphenyl II - (104) 3,4-Diethoxycarbonylphenyl II-(105 ) 3,4-dibutoxyphenyl II-( 106 ) 3,4-diphenylphenyl II-( 107 ) 3 ,4-diphenylphenylthio II-(1 08 ) 3,4-dichlorophenyl-56 - 200813500 II-( 109 ) 3,4-diphenylmercaptophenyl 11-(110) 3, 4-diethoxyoxyphenyl II-(ll) 3,4-dibenylmethoxyphenyl II-(1 12 ) 3,4-diphenoxycarbonylphenyl II- (1 1 3 ) 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl II·(1 14 ) 3,4-diphenylaminophenyl 11-(115) 3,4-dimethylphenyl 11-(116) 3,4-diphenyl Oxyphenyl φ II-( 1 17 ) 3,4-dihydroxyphenyl II-( 1 18 ) 2-naphthyl 11-(119) 3,4,5-triethoxycarbonylphenyl II- ( 120) 3,4,5-tributyloxyphenyl II-( 121 ) 3,4,5- Phenylphenyl II-(122) 3,4,5-triphenylphenylthio II· ( 123 ) 3,4,5-trichlorophenyl 11-(124) 3,4,5-triphenyl Nonylphenyl Φ II-( 125 ) 3,4,5-triethoxymethoxyphenyl 11-(126) 3,4,5·trityloxyphenyl II-( 127) 3,4 ,5-triphenyloxycarbonylphenyl 11-(128) 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl II-( 129 ) 3,4,5-triphenylaminophenyl II· ( 130 ) 3,4 ,5-trimethylphenyl II-(131) 3,4,5-triphenyloxyphenyl II-(132) 3,4,5-trihydroxyphenyl-57 - 200813500 II -(133)~ (330)

II- ( 1 33 )苯基II- ( 1 33 )phenyl

II- ( 134 ) 4-丁 基苯基 II- (135) 4- (2-甲氧基·2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 II- ( 136 ) 4- ( 5-壬烯基)苯基 II- ( 137 )對·聯苯基 II- ( 138 ) 4-乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 1 39 ) 4-丁氧基苯基 Π- ( 140 ) 4·甲基苯基 II- ( 141 ) 4-氯苯基II-( 134 ) 4-butylphenyl II-(135) 4-(2-methoxy-2-methoxyethyl)phenyl II-( 136 ) 4- ( 5-decenyl)benzene Group II-( 137 ) p-biphenyl II-( 138 ) 4-ethoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 1 39 ) 4-butoxyphenyl fluorene-( 140 ) 4·methylphenyl II- ( 141 ) 4-chlorophenyl

II- ( 142 ) 4-苯基苯硫基 II- ( 143 ) 4-苯甲醯基苯基 Π- ( 144 ) 4-乙醯氧基苯基 II- (145) 4-苯甲醯氧基苯基 II- ( 146) 4-苯氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 147 ) 4-甲氧基苯基 II- ( 148 ) 4-苯胺基苯基 II· ( 149) 4-異丁醯基胺基苯基 II- ( 150) 4-苯氧基羰基胺基苯基 •58- 200813500 II- ( 151 ) 4· ( 3-乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 152) 4· ( 3,3-二乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 153 ) 4-苯氧基苯基 II- ( 154 ) 4-羥基苯基 II- ( 155 ) 3-丁 基苯基 11-(156) 3-(2-甲氧基-2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 II- ( 157 ) 3- ( 5-壬烯基)苯基 II- ( 158 )間-聯苯基II-( 142 ) 4-Phenylphenylthio II-( 143 ) 4-Benzylmercaptophenyl fluorene-( 144 ) 4-Ethyloxyphenyl II-(145) 4-benzylideneoxy Phenyl II-( 146) 4-phenoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 147 ) 4-methoxyphenyl II-( 148 ) 4-anilinophenyl II· ( 149) 4-isobutyl decyl phenyl Base II-( 150) 4-phenoxycarbonylaminophenyl •58- 200813500 II- ( 151 ) 4· ( 3-ethylureido)phenyl II- ( 152) 4· ( 3,3- 2 Ethylureido)phenyl II-( 153 ) 4-phenoxyphenyl II-( 154 ) 4-hydroxyphenyl II-( 155 ) 3-butylphenyl 11-(156) 3-(2- Methoxy-2-ethoxyethyl)phenyl II-( 157 ) 3- ( 5-decenyl)phenyl II-( 158 ) m-biphenyl

II- ( 159 ) 3-乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 160) 3 -丁氧基苯基 II- ( 161 ) 3-甲基苯基 II- ( 162 ) 3-氯苯基 II- ( 163 ) 3-苯基苯硫基 II- ( 164 ) 3-苯甲醯基苯基 11 - ( 1 6 5 ) 3 -乙醯氧基苯基 II- ( 166 ) 3-苯甲醯氧基苯基 II- ( 167 ) 3-苯氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 168 ) 3-甲氧基苯基 II- ( 169 ) 3-苯胺基苯基 11-(170) 3-異丁醯基胺基苯基 11-(171) 3-苯氧基羰基胺基苯基 11-(172) 3- (3-乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 173)3- ( 3,3-二乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 174 ) 3-苯氧基苯基 -59 - 200813500 II- ( 175 ) 3-羥基苯基 11-(17 6) 2 -丁 基苯基 II- ( 177) 2- ( 2-甲氧基-2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 II- ( 178) 2- ( 5-壬讎基)苯基 II- ( 179 )鄰-聯苯基 II- ( 180 ) 2-乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 181 ) 2-丁氧基苯基 11 - ( 1 8 2 ) 2 -甲基苯基 Φ II- ( 183 ) 2-氯苯基 II- ( 184 ) 2-苯基苯硫基 II- ( 1 85 ) 2-苯甲醯基苯基 II- ( 1 86 ) 2-乙醯氧基苯基 II- ( 1 87 ) 2-苯甲醯氧基苯基 II- (188)2-苯氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 189 ) 2-甲氧基苯基 II- ( 190 ) 2-苯胺基苯基 Φ II- ( 191 ) 2-異丁醯基胺基苯基 II- ( 192 ) 2-苯氧基羰基胺基苯基 II- ( 193 ) 2- ( 3-乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 194 ) 2- ( 3,3-二乙基脲基)苯基 II- ( 195 ) 2·苯氧基苯基 II- ( 196 ) 2-羥基苯基 II- ( 197 ) 3,4-二丁 基苯基 II- ( 1 98 ) 3,4-二(2·甲氧基·2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 -60- 200813500 II- ( 199 ) 3,4-二苯基苯基 11-( 200 ) 3,4-二乙氧基羰基苯基 11-(201) 3,4-雙十二烷氧基苯基 II- ( 202 ) 3,4-二甲基苯基 II- ( 203 ) 3,4-二氯苯基 11-( 204 ) 3,4-二苯甲醯基苯基 11-( 205 ) 3,4-二乙醯氧基苯基 II- ( 206 ) 3,4-二甲氧基苯基II-( 159 ) 3-ethoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 160) 3 -butoxyphenyl II-( 161 ) 3-methylphenyl II- ( 162 ) 3-chlorophenyl II- ( 163 3-phenylphenylthio II-( 164 ) 3-benzylidenylphenyl 11 - ( 1 6 5 ) 3 -ethoxymethoxyphenyl II-( 166 ) 3-benzylideneoxyphenyl II-( 167 ) 3-phenoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 168 ) 3-methoxyphenyl II-( 169 ) 3-anilinophenyl 11-(170) 3-isobutylguanidinophenyl 11 -(171) 3-phenoxycarbonylaminophenyl 11-(172) 3-(3-ethylureido)phenyl II-( 173)3-( 3,3-diethylureido)benzene Group II-( 174 ) 3-phenoxyphenyl-59 - 200813500 II- ( 175 ) 3-hydroxyphenyl 11-(17 6) 2 -butylphenyl II- ( 177) 2- ( 2- Oxy-2-ethoxyethyl)phenyl II-( 178) 2-( 5-indolyl)phenyl II-( 179 ) o-biphenyl II-( 180 ) 2-ethoxycarbonyl Phenyl II-( 181 ) 2-butoxyphenyl 11 - ( 1 8 2 ) 2 -methylphenyl Φ II- ( 183 ) 2-chlorophenyl II-( 184 ) 2-phenylphenylthio II-( 1 85 ) 2-Benzylmercaptophenyl II-( 1 86 ) 2-Ethyloxyphenyl II-( 1 87 ) 2-benzylideneoxyphenyl II-(188)2- Phenoxy Carbonylphenyl II-( 189 ) 2-methoxyphenyl II-( 190 ) 2-anilinylphenyl Φ II-( 191 ) 2-isobutyl decylaminophenyl II-( 192 ) 2-phenoxy Carbonylaminophenyl II-( 193 ) 2-( 3-ethylureido)phenyl II-( 194 ) 2-( 3,3-diethylureido)phenyl II-( 195 ) 2·benzene Oxyphenyl phenyl II-( 196 ) 2-hydroxyphenyl II-( 197 ) 3,4-dibutylphenyl II- ( 1 98 ) 3,4-di(2·methoxy·2-ethoxy Benzyl)phenyl-60- 200813500 II-( 199 ) 3,4-diphenylphenyl 11-( 200 ) 3,4-diethoxycarbonylphenyl 11-(201) 3,4-double Dodecyloxyphenyl II-( 202 ) 3,4-dimethylphenyl II-( 203 ) 3,4-dichlorophenyl 11-( 204 ) 3,4-diphenylmethylphenyl 11-( 205 ) 3,4-Diethoxymethoxyphenyl II-( 206 ) 3,4-dimethoxyphenyl

11-( 207 ) 3,4-二-N-甲基胺基苯基 11-( 208 ) 3,4-二異丁醯基胺基苯基 11-( 209 ) 3,4-二苯氧基苯基 II- ( 210 ) 3,4-二羥基苯基 II- ( 21 1 ) 3,5-二丁 基苯基 II- ( 212) 3,5 - 一. (2-甲氧基-2-乙氣基乙基)本基 II- ( 21 3 ) 3,5-二苯基苯基 11-(214) 3,5-二乙氧基羰基苯基 11-(215) 3,5-雙十二烷氧基苯基 II- ( 216 ) 3,5-二甲基苯基 11 - ( 2 1 7 ) 3,5 -二氯苯基 11-(218) 3,5-二苯甲醯基苯基 11-(219) 3,5-二乙醯氧基苯基 II- ( 220 ) 3,5 -二甲氧基苯基 11-(221) 3,5-二-N-甲基胺基苯基 11-( 222 ) 3,5-二異丁醯基胺基苯基 -61 _ 200813500 II- ( 223) 3,5 -二苯氧基苯基 II- ( 224 ) 3,5·二羥基苯基 II- ( 225 ) 2,4-二丁 基苯基 11-( 226 ) 2,4-二(2-甲氧基-2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 II- ( 227 ) 2,4-二苯基苯基 11-( 228 ) 2,4-二乙氧基羰基苯基 II- ( 229 ) 2,4-雙十二烷氧基苯基 11-( 23 0 ) 2,4-二甲基苯基 0 II- ( 23 1 ) 2,4·二氯苯基 11-( 232 ) 2,4-二苯甲醯基苯基 11-( 23 3 ) 2,4-二乙醯氧基苯基 II- ( 234 ) 2,4-二甲氧基苯基 11-( 23 5 ) 2,4-二-N-甲基胺基苯基 11-(236) 2,4·二異丁醯基胺基苯基 II- ( 23 7 ) 2,4-二苯氧基苯基 II- ( 23 8 ) 2,4·二羥基苯基 Φ II- ( 23 9 ) 2,3 -二丁 基苯基 11-( 240 ) 2,3-二(2-甲氧基-2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 11-(241) 2,3 -二苯基苯基 11-( 242 ) 2,3-二乙氧基羰基苯基 11-( 243 ) 2,3 -雙十二烷氧基苯基 Π- ( 244 ) 2,3-二甲基苯基 II- ( 245 ) 2,3-二氯苯基 11-( 246 ) 2,3-二苯甲醯基苯基 -62- 200813500 11-( 247 ) 2,3-二乙醯氧基苯基 11 - ( 2 4 8 ) 2,3 -二甲氧基苯基 11-( 249 ) 2,3-二-N-甲基胺基苯基 11-( 250 ) 2,3-二異丁醯基胺基苯基 11-(251) 2,3-二苯氧基苯基 II- ( 252 ) 2,3 -二羥基苯基 II- ( 25 3 ) 2,6-二丁 基苯基 11-( 254 ) 2,6-二(2-甲氧基-2-乙氧基乙基)苯基11-( 207 ) 3,4-di-N-methylaminophenyl 11-( 208 ) 3,4-diisobutyl decylaminophenyl 11-( 209 ) 3,4-diphenoxyphenyl II-( 210 ) 3,4-Dihydroxyphenyl II-( 21 1 ) 3,5-dibutylphenyl II- ( 212) 3,5 - I. (2-methoxy-2-ethane Base ethyl)benyl II-( 21 3 ) 3,5-diphenylphenyl 11-(214) 3,5-diethoxycarbonylphenyl 11-(215) 3,5-didodecane Oxyphenyl phenyl-( 216 ) 3,5-dimethylphenyl 11 - ( 2 1 7 ) 3,5-dichlorophenyl 11-(218) 3,5-diphenylmethylphenylphenyl 11 -(219) 3,5-diethoxymethoxyphenyl II-(220) 3,5-dimethoxyphenyl 11-(221) 3,5-di-N-methylaminophenyl 11 -( 222 ) 3,5-diisobutyl decylaminophenyl-61 _ 200813500 II- ( 223 ) 3,5 -diphenoxyphenyl II- ( 224 ) 3,5 · dihydroxyphenyl II- ( 225 ) 2,4-Dibutylphenyl 11-( 226 ) 2,4-di(2-methoxy-2-ethoxyethyl)phenyl II-( 227 ) 2,4-diphenyl Phenyl 11-( 228 ) 2,4-diethoxycarbonylphenyl II-( 229 ) 2,4-didododecyloxyphenyl 11-( 23 0 ) 2,4-dimethylphenyl 0 II- ( 23 1 ) 2,4·Dichlorophenyl 11-( 232 ) 2,4-diphenylmethylphenyl 11-( 23 3 ) 2,4-Diethoxyoxyphenyl II-( 234 ) 2,4-dimethoxyphenyl 11-( 23 5 ) 2,4-di-N-methylamino Phenyl 11-(236) 2,4·diisobutyrylamidophenyl II-( 23 7 ) 2,4-diphenoxyphenyl II-( 23 8 ) 2,4·dihydroxyphenyl Φ II - ( 23 9 ) 2,3 -Dibutylphenyl 11-(240 ) 2,3-bis(2-methoxy-2-ethoxyethyl)phenyl 11-(241) 2,3 - Diphenylphenyl 11-( 242 ) 2,3-diethoxycarbonylphenyl 11-( 243 ) 2,3-didodecyloxyphenyl fluorene-( 244 ) 2,3-dimethyl Phenyl II-( 245 ) 2,3-dichlorophenyl 11-( 246 ) 2,3-diphenylmercaptophenyl-62- 200813500 11-( 247 ) 2,3-diethoxy benzene Base 11 - ( 2 4 8 ) 2,3-dimethoxyphenyl 11-( 249 ) 2,3-di-N-methylaminophenyl 11-( 250 ) 2,3-diisobutyl decylamine Phenyl 11-(251) 2,3-diphenoxyphenyl II-( 252 ) 2,3 -dihydroxyphenyl II-( 25 3 ) 2,6-dibutylphenyl 11-( 254 2,6-bis(2-methoxy-2-ethoxyethyl)phenyl

II- ( 25 5 ) 2,6-二苯基苯基 11-( 256 ) 2,6-二乙氧基羰基苯基 11-( 257 ) 2,6-雙十二烷氧基苯基 11-( 258) 2,6 -二甲基苯基 II- ( 259 ) 2,6-二氯苯基 II- ( 260 ) 2,6-二苯甲醯基苯基 II- (261) 2,6-二乙醯氧基苯基 11-( 262 ) 2,6-二甲氧基苯基 11-( 263 ) 2,6-二甲基胺基苯基 II- ( 264 ) 2,6-二異丁醯基胺基苯基 11-( 265) 2,6 -二苯氧基苯基 II- ( 266 ) 2,6-二羥基苯基 II- ( 267 ) 3,4,5-三丁 基苯基 11-( 268 ) 3,4,5 -三(2-甲氧基-2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 II- ( 269 ) 3,4,5-三苯基苯基 11-( 270 ) 3,4,5 -三乙氧基羰基苯基 -63 - 200813500 II- ( 271) 3,4,5 -梦十一^院氧基苯基 II- ( 272 ) 3,4,5-三甲基苯基 II- ( 273 ) 3,4,5 -三氯苯基 11-( 274 ) 3,4,5 -三苯甲醯基苯基 11-( 275 ) 3,4,5 -三乙醯氧基苯基 11-( 276 ) 3,4,5 -三甲氧基苯基 11-( 277 ) 3,4,5 -三-N-甲基胺基苯基 11-( 27 8 ) 3,4,5 -三異丁醯基胺基苯基II-( 25 5 ) 2,6-diphenylphenyl 11-( 256 ) 2,6-diethoxycarbonylphenyl 11-( 257 ) 2,6-didododecyloxyphenyl 11- (258) 2,6-Dimethylphenyl II-( 259 ) 2,6-dichlorophenyl II-( 260 ) 2,6-diphenylmethylphenylphenyl II-(261) 2,6- Diethoxymethoxyphenyl 11-( 262 ) 2,6-dimethoxyphenyl 11-( 263 ) 2,6-dimethylaminophenyl II-( 264 ) 2,6-diisobutyl fluorenyl Aminophenyl 11-( 265) 2,6 -diphenoxyphenyl II-( 266 ) 2,6-dihydroxyphenyl II-( 267 ) 3,4,5-tributylphenyl 11- (268) 3,4,5-tris(2-methoxy-2-ethoxyethyl)phenyl II-( 269 ) 3,4,5-triphenylphenyl 11-( 270 ) 3, 4,5-Triethoxycarbonylphenyl-63 - 200813500 II- ( 271) 3,4,5 -Dream eleven oxime oxyphenyl II- ( 272 ) 3,4,5-trimethylbenzene Group II-( 273 ) 3,4,5-trichlorophenyl 11-( 274 ) 3,4,5 -tritylmethylphenyl 11-( 275 ) 3,4,5 -triethoxycarbonyl Phenyl 11-( 276 ) 3,4,5-trimethoxyphenyl 11-( 277 ) 3,4,5 -tri-N-methylaminophenyl 11-( 27 8 ) 3,4,5 - triisobutyl mercaptophenyl

11-( 279 ) 3,4,5 -三苯氧基苯基 II- ( 28 0 ) 3,4,5 -三羥基苯基 II- ( 28 1 ) 2,4,6-三丁 基苯基 II- ( 2 82 ) 2,4,6·三(2-甲氧基-2-乙氧基乙基)苯基 II- ( 283 ) 2,4,6-三苯基苯基 II-(28〇 2,4,6-三乙氧基羰基苯基 11-( 285 ) 2,4,6-參十二烷氧基苯基 II- ( 28 6 ) 2,4,6-三甲基苯基 II- ( 287 ) 2,4,6-三氯苯基 11-( 28 8 ) 2,4,6-三苯甲醯基苯基 11-( 289 ) 2,4,6-三乙醯氧基苯基 11-( 290 ) 2,4,6-三甲氧基苯基 11-(291) 2,4,6-三-N-甲基胺基苯基 11-( 292 ) 2,4,6-三異丁醯基胺基苯基 II- ( 293 ) 2,4,6-三苯氧基苯基 11-( 294 ) 2,4,6-三羥基苯基 -64- 200813500 II- ( 295 )五氟苯基 II- ( 296 )五氯苯基 II-( 297 )五甲氧基苯基 11-( 298 ) 6-N-甲基胺磺醯基-8-甲氧基-2-萘基 11-( 299 ) 5-N-甲基胺磺醯基-2-萘基 11-( 300 ) 6-N-苯基胺磺醯基-2-萘基 11-(301) 5-乙氧基-7-N-甲基胺磺醯基-2-萘基 II- ( 302 ) 3-甲氧基-2-萘基 、11-( 279 ) 3,4,5-triphenyloxyphenyl II-( 28 0 ) 3,4,5-trihydroxyphenyl II-( 28 1 ) 2,4,6-tributylphenyl II-( 2 82 ) 2,4,6·tris(2-methoxy-2-ethoxyethyl)phenyl II-( 283 ) 2,4,6-triphenylphenyl II-(28 2,4,6-Triethoxycarbonylphenyl 11-( 285 ) 2,4,6-nondodecyloxyphenyl II-( 28 6 ) 2,4,6-trimethylphenyl II-( 287 ) 2,4,6-trichlorophenyl 11-( 28 8 ) 2,4,6-tritylmethylphenyl 11-( 289 ) 2,4,6-triethoxycarbonyl Phenyl 11-( 290 ) 2,4,6-trimethoxyphenyl 11-(291) 2,4,6-tri-N-methylaminophenyl 11-( 292 ) 2,4,6- Triisobutylphosphonylphenyl II-( 293 ) 2,4,6-triphenyloxyphenyl 11-( 294 ) 2,4,6-trihydroxyphenyl-64- 200813500 II- ( 295 ) pentacene Phenyl II-( 296 ) pentachlorophenyl II-( 297 ) pentamethoxyphenyl 11-( 298 ) 6-N-methylamine sulfonyl-8-methoxy-2-naphthyl 11- ( 299 ) 5-N-Methylamine sulfonyl-2-naphthyl 11-( 300 ) 6-N-phenylamine sulfonyl-2-naphthyl 11-(301) 5-ethoxy-7 -N-methylamine sulfonyl-2-naphthyl II-( 302 ) 3-methoxy-2-naphthyl,

II- ( 303 ) 1-乙氧基-2·萘基 II- ( 3 04 ) 6-N-苯基胺磺醯基-8-甲氧基-2-萘基 II- ( 3 0 5 ) 5 -甲氧基- 7-N-苯基胺磺醯基-2-萘基 II- ( 3 06 ) 1 - ( 4-甲基苯基)-2-萘基 11-( 3 07 ) 6,8-二-N-甲基胺磺醯基-2-萘基 II- ( 3 0 8 ) 6-N-2-乙醯氧基乙基胺磺醯基-8-甲氧基-2-萘基 II- ( 3 09 ) 5-乙醯氧基-7-N-苯基胺磺醯基-2-萘基 11-(310) 3-苯甲醯氧基-2-萘基 11-(311) 5-乙醯基胺基-1-萘基 II- ( 3 12 ) 2-甲氧基-1-萘基 II- ( 313 ) 4-苯氧基-1-萘基 11-(314) 5-N-甲基胺磺醯基-1-萘基 11-(315) 3-N-甲基胺甲醯基-4-羥基-1-萘基 II- ( 3 16) 5-甲氧基-6-N-乙基胺磺醯基-1-萘基 11-(317) 7-十四烷氧基-1-萘基 11-(318) 4-(4-甲基苯氧基)-1-萘基 -6 5 - 200813500 11-(319) 6-N-甲基胺磺醯基-1-萘基 II- ( 320 ) 3 ·Ν,Ν-二甲基胺甲醯基-4-甲氧基-1-萘基 11-(321) 5·甲氧基-6-Ν-苯甲基胺磺醯基-1-萘基 11-( 322 ) 3,6-二-N-苯基胺磺醯基-1-萘基 11-( 3 23 )甲基 II- ( 3 24 )乙基 II- ( 325 ) 丁基 II- ( 326 )辛基 φ II- ( 3 27 )十二烷基 11-( 328 ) 2-丁氧基-2-乙氧基乙基 II- ( 329 )苯甲基 II- ( 33 0 ) 4-甲氧基苯甲基 IK331)〜(333)II-( 303 ) 1-ethoxy-2-naphthyl II-( 3 04 ) 6-N-phenylamine sulfonyl-8-methoxy-2-naphthyl II-( 3 0 5 ) 5 -Methoxy- 7-N-phenylaminesulfonyl-2-naphthyl II-( 3 06 ) 1 - ( 4-methylphenyl)-2-naphthyl 11-( 3 07 ) 6,8 -Bis-N-methylamine sulfonyl-2-naphthyl II-( 3 0 8 ) 6-N-2-acetoxyethylamine sulfonyl-8-methoxy-2-naphthyl II-( 3 09 ) 5-Ethyloxy-7-N-phenylaminesulfonyl-2-naphthyl 11-(310) 3-benzylideneoxy-2-naphthyl 11-(311) 5-Ethylamino-1-naphthyl II-( 3 12 ) 2-methoxy-1-naphthyl II-( 313 ) 4-phenoxy-1-naphthyl 11-(314) 5- N-Methylamine sulfonyl-1-naphthyl 11-(315) 3-N-methylaminecarbomethyl-4-hydroxy-1-naphthyl II-( 3 16) 5-methoxy-6 -N-ethylaminesulfonyl-1-naphthyl 11-(317) 7-tetradecyloxy-1-naphthalenyl 11-(318) 4-(4-methylphenoxy)-1- Naphthyl-6 5 - 200813500 11-(319) 6-N-Methylamine sulfonyl-1-naphthyl II-( 320 ) 3 ·Ν,Ν-dimethylamine-mercapto-4-methoxy 1-naphthyl 11-(321) 5·methoxy-6-fluorenyl-benzylaminesulfonyl-1-naphthyl 11-( 322 ) 3,6-di-N-phenylamine sulfonate Mercapto-1-naphthyl 11-( 3 23 )methyl II- ( 3 24) Ethyl II-( 325 ) butyl II-( 326 ) octyl φ II-( 3 27 ) dodecyl 11-( 328 ) 2-butoxy-2-ethoxyethyl II- ( 329) Benzyl II-( 33 0 ) 4-methoxybenzyl IK331)~(333)

II- ( 33 1 )甲基 II- ( 3 3 2 )苯基 II- ( 3 3 3 ) 丁基 -66- 200813500II-( 33 1 )methyl II- ( 3 3 2 )phenyl II- ( 3 3 3 ) butyl -66- 200813500

1-(3 34) 茲就以通式(ΠΙ)所代表之化合物說明如下。r9〇 or41-(3 34) The compounds represented by the formula (ΠΙ) are described below. R9〇 or4

在如上所述之通式(ΙΠ )中,R4、R5、R6、R7、 r9係各自獨立地代表氫原子或取代基。 R4、R5、R6、R7、R8和R9各自所代表之取代基 :烷基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至40,更佳爲碳原子 至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲1至20之烷基’例如甲基 、異丙基、三級-丁基、正-辛基、正-癸基、正-十六 環丙基、環戊基、環己基等);烯基(較佳爲碳原子 至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲2至30’特佳爲碳原子數 20之烯基,例如乙烯基、烯丙基、2_ 丁烯基、3-戊 R8和 係包括 數爲1 、乙基 院基、 數爲2 爲2至 烯基等 -67 - 200813500 );炔基(較佳爲碳原子數爲2至40’更佳爲碳原子數爲 2至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲2至20之炔基,例如炔丙基、 3-戊炔基等):芳基(較佳爲碳原子數爲6至30,更佳爲 碳原子數爲6至20,特佳爲碳原子數爲6至12之芳基,例 如苯基、對-甲基苯基、萘基等);經取代或未經取代之胺 基(較佳爲碳原子數爲〇至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲0至30 ,特佳爲碳原子數爲〇至20之胺基,例如未經取代之胺基 、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、苯胺基等)。In the above formula (ΙΠ), R4, R5, R6, R7 and r9 each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent. The substituent represented by each of R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 and R9: an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 30 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms). An alkyl group such as methyl, isopropyl, tert-butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecylpropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.; alkenyl (preferably) a carbon atom to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 2 to 30', particularly preferably an alkenyl group having 20 carbon atoms, such as a vinyl group, an allyl group, a 2-butenyl group, a 3-pentene group R8, and a number of 1 , an ethyl group, a number of 2 is 2 to alkenyl, etc. -67 - 200813500 ); an alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 40 carbon atoms) more preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably An alkynyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as propargyl group, 3-pentynyl group, etc.): an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms). Preferred are aryl groups having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, such as phenyl, p-methylphenyl, naphthyl, etc.; substituted or unsubstituted amine groups (preferably having a carbon number of 〇 to 40, More preferably, the number of carbon atoms is from 0 to 30, and particularly preferably from 〇 to 20 Amine group, for example, an unsubstituted amino group, a methylamino group, a dimethylamino group, a diethylamino group, an anilino group or the like.

院氧基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至40 ’更佳爲碳原子數 爲1至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲1至20之烷氧基,例如甲氧 基、乙氧基、丁氧基等);芳氧基(較佳爲碳原子數爲6 至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲6至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲6至 20之芳氧基,例如苯氧基、2 -蔡氧基等)’酸基(較佳爲 碳原子數爲1至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲1至30’特佳爲碳 原子數爲1至20之醯基,例如乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基 、三甲基乙醯基等):烷氧基羰基(較佳爲碳原子數爲2 至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲2至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲2至 20之烷氧基羰基,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基幾基等);芳 氧基羰基(較佳爲碳原子數爲7至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲 7至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲7至20之芳氧基羰基’例如苯 氧基羰基等);及醯氧基(較佳爲碳原子數爲2至40 ’更 佳爲碳原子數爲2至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲2至20之醯氧 基,例如乙醯氧基、苯甲醯氧基等)。 醯胺基(較佳爲碳原子數爲2至40 ’更佳爲碳原子數 •68- 200813500 爲2至30’特佳爲碳原子數爲2至20之醯胺基,例如乙醯 基胺基、苯甲醯胺基等);烷氧基羰基胺基(較佳爲碳原 子數爲2至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲2至30,特佳爲碳原子 數爲2至20之烷氧基羰基胺基,例如甲氧基羰基胺基等)The alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 40' carbon atoms is more preferably a carbon number of 1 to 30, particularly preferably an alkoxy group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methoxy group, an ethoxy group, or the like. Butoxy group, etc.; aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an aryloxy group having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, such as phenoxyl) a group, an acid group (preferably having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms), particularly preferably a fluorenyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, for example Ethylene, benzhydryl, methionyl, trimethylethenyl, etc.): alkoxycarbonyl (preferably having 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms) An alkoxycarbonyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as a methoxycarbonyl group or an ethoxy group, etc.; an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably a carbon atom) The number is 7 to 30, particularly preferably an aryloxycarbonyl group having a carbon number of 7 to 20, such as a phenoxycarbonyl group; and a decyloxy group (preferably having 2 to 40 carbon atoms), more preferably carbon. The number of atoms is 2 to 30, and particularly preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms. Oxy, e.g. acetyl group, benzoyl group and the like). Amidino group (preferably having a carbon number of 2 to 40' is more preferably a carbon number • 68-200813500 is 2 to 30' is particularly preferably a fluorenyl group having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, such as acetylamine Alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 2 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 2 to 20 carbon atoms) Alkoxycarbonylamino group, such as methoxycarbonylamino group, etc.)

;芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳爲碳原子數爲7至40,更佳爲碳 原子數爲7至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲7至20之芳氧基羰基 胺基,例如苯氧基羰基胺基等);磺醯胺基(較佳爲碳原 子數爲1至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲1至30,特佳爲碳原子 數爲1至20之磺醯胺基,例如甲磺醯基胺基、苯磺醯基胺 基等):胺磺醯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲〇至40,更佳爲碳 原子數爲0至3 0,特佳爲碳原子數爲〇至20之胺磺醯基, 例如胺磺醯基、甲基胺磺醯基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺 磺醯基等);胺甲醯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至40,更佳 爲碳原子數爲1至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲1至20之胺甲醯 基,例如未經取代之胺甲醯基、及甲基胺甲醯基、二乙基 胺甲醯基、苯基胺甲醯基等)。 烷硫基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至40,更佳爲碳原子數 爲1至3 〇,特佳爲碳原子數爲1至20,例如苯硫基等)’ 磺醯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲1 至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲1至20之磺醯基,例如甲磺酸基 、甲苯磺醯基等);亞磺醯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至40 ,更隹爲碳原子數爲1至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲1至20之 亞磺醯基,例如甲亞磺醯基、苯亞磺酿基等)·’脈基(較 佳爲碳原子數爲1至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲1至30 ’ -69- 200813500An aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 7 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably an aryloxycarbonylamino group having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, such as benzene) An oxycarbonylamino group, etc.; a sulfonylamino group (preferably having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a sulfonylamino group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms) , for example, a methanesulfonylamino group, a benzenesulfonylamino group, etc.): an amine sulfonyl group (preferably having a carbon number of 〇 to 40, more preferably a carbon number of 0 to 30, particularly preferably carbon) The number of atoms is from 〇 to 20, such as sulfonyl, methylamine sulfonyl, dimethylamine sulfonyl, phenylamine sulfonyl, etc.; The number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 40, more preferably from 1 to 30, particularly preferably from 1 to 20, for example, an unsubstituted aminomethyl group, and a methylamine group. Mercapto, diethylamine, phenylaminomethyl, and the like. An alkylthio group (preferably having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 3 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as phenylthio group, etc.) Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 40, more preferably from 1 to 30, particularly preferably from 1 to 20, such as methanesulfonate, toluenesulfonyl, etc.; a sulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a sulfinyl group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as sulfinyl group, benzene Sulfonic acid, etc.) · 'Pulse group (preferably having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 30 carbon atoms) -69- 200813500

爲碳原子數爲1至20之脲基,例如未經取代之脲基、甲基 脲基、苯基脲基等);磷酸醯胺基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1 至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲1至30,特佳爲碳原子數爲1至 20之磷酸醯胺基,例如二乙基磷酸醯胺基、苯基磷酸醯胺 基等);羥基、氫硫基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子 、溴原子、碘原子);氰基、磺基、羧基、硝基、氧肟酸 基、亞磺酸基、聯胺基(肼基)、亞胺基;雜環基(較佳 爲碳原子數爲1至30,更佳爲1至12之雜環基,例如具有 氮原子、氧原子、硫原子等之雜原子之雜環基,例如咪唑 基、吡啶基、喹啉基、呋喃基、哌啶基、嗎啉基、苯并噁 唑基、苯并咪唑基、苯并噻唑基、1,3,5-三氮阱基等)·,矽 烷基(較佳爲碳原子數爲3至40,更佳爲碳原子數爲3至 30,特佳爲碳原子數爲3至24之矽烷基,例如三甲基矽烷 基、三苯基矽烷基等)。該等之取代基可又爲該等之取代 基所取代。另外,取代基若具有兩個以上時,則可爲相同 或不同。並且,若爲可行時也可互相鍵結以形成環。 R4、R5、R6、R7、R8和R9各自所代表之取代基,較佳 爲烷基、芳基、經取代或未經取代之胺基、烷氧基、烷硫 基或鹵素原子。 茲列述以通式(III )所代表化合物的具體實例如下, 但是並不受限於此等。 -70- 200813500a ureido group having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, such as an unsubstituted ureido group, a methylureido group, a phenylureido group, etc.; a guanidinium phosphate group (preferably having 1 to 40 carbon atoms, more preferably The number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 30, particularly preferably from 1 to 20, and the guanidinium phosphate group, such as diethylphosphonium phosphinate, phenylphosphonium amide, etc.; hydroxy, thiol, halogen An atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, or an iodine atom); a cyano group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, a hydrazinyl group, an anilino group, or an anthracene group; a cyclic group (preferably a heterocyclic group having 1 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12), for example, a heterocyclic group having a hetero atom such as a nitrogen atom, an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom, such as an imidazolyl group or a pyridyl group. , quinolyl, furyl, piperidinyl, morpholinyl, benzoxazolyl, benzimidazolyl, benzothiazolyl, 1,3,5-triazinyl, etc.), decyl (more Preferably, the number of carbon atoms is from 3 to 40, more preferably from 3 to 30, particularly preferably from 3 to 24, and the number of carbon atoms is from 3 to 24, such as trimethyldecyl, triphenyldecyl, and the like. These substituents may be substituted for such substituents. Further, when the substituent has two or more, it may be the same or different. Also, if possible, they may be bonded to each other to form a ring. The substituent represented by each of R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 and R9 is preferably an alkyl group, an aryl group, a substituted or unsubstituted amino group, an alkoxy group, an alkylthio group or a halogen atom. Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (III) are as follows, but are not limited thereto. -70- 200813500

-71 - 200813500 m 5-71 - 200813500 m 5

ΙΠ - 7ΙΠ - 7

關於以通式(IV )所代表之化合物,說明如下。 -7 2 - 200813500 71 72The compound represented by the formula (IV) will be described below. -7 2 - 200813500 71 72

Q — Q ——OH 通式(IV) 在如上所示之通式(IV )中,Q71係代表含氮芳香族雜 環,Q7 2係代表芳香族環。 另外,該通式(IV )中,Q71係代表含氮方向芳香族雜 環,且較佳爲5至7員之含氮芳香族雜環,更佳爲5至6 員之含氮芳香族雜環。 含氮芳香族雜環較佳爲例如咪唑、吡唑、三唑、四唑 、噻哗、B惡哩、硒哇、苯并三唑、苯并噻哩、苯并B惡嗤、 苯并硒唑、噻二唑、噁二唑、萘并噻唑、萘并噁唑、吖苯 并咪唑、嘌呤、吡啶、吡阱、嘧啶、嗒畊、三氮哄、三吖茚 、四吖茚等之各環,更佳爲三氮阱及5員之含氮芳香族雜 環;具體而言,較佳爲1,3,5 -三氮阱、咪唑、吡唑、三唑、 四唑、噻唑、噁唑、苯并三唑、苯并噻唑、苯并噁唑、噻 Φ 二唑、噁二唑等之各環,特佳爲1,3,5-三氮阱環及苯并三哇 垣。 以Q71所代表之含氮芳香族雜環,可又具有取代基, 該取代基可適用如後所述之取代基τ。另外,若取代基係 具有複數個時,則各自可縮環以再形成環。 Q72係代表芳香族環。以Q72所代表之芳香族環係可爲 芳香族烴環或芳香族雜環。並且,該等可爲單環、或又與 其他環形成縮合環。芳香族烴環較佳爲碳原子數爲6至30 之單環或二環之芳香族烴環(例如苯環、萘環等),更佳 -73 - 200813500 爲碳原子數爲6至20之芳香族烴環,且進一步更佳爲碳原 子數爲6至12之芳香族烴環,特佳爲苯環。Q - Q - OH General formula (IV) In the above formula (IV), Q71 represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocycle, and Q7 2 represents an aromatic ring. Further, in the formula (IV), Q71 represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, and preferably a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 to 7 members, more preferably a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 to 6 members. ring. The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably, for example, an imidazole, a pyrazole, a triazole, a tetrazole, a thiazole, a B oxime, a selenium, a benzotriazole, a benzothiazepine, a benzo B oxime, a benzoselenium. Oxazole, thiadiazole, oxadiazole, naphthylthiazole, naphthoxazole, phthalimidazole, hydrazine, pyridine, pyrazole, pyrimidine, sorghum, triazepine, triterpene, tetraterpene, etc. The ring is more preferably a triazo trap and a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring of 5 members; specifically, preferably a 1,3,5-triazine trap, imidazole, pyrazole, triazole, tetrazole, thiazole, or evil Each of the rings of azole, benzotriazole, benzothiazole, benzoxazole, thia Φ diazole, oxadiazole, etc., particularly preferably a 1,3,5-triazole well ring and benzotriwaxane. The nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Q71 may further have a substituent, and the substituent may be applied to the substituent τ as described later. Further, when the substituent has a plurality of substituents, each of the substituents may be condensed to form a ring. Q72 represents an aromatic ring. The aromatic ring system represented by Q72 may be an aromatic hydrocarbon ring or an aromatic heterocyclic ring. Also, these may be monocyclic or form a condensed ring with other rings. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring is preferably a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 30 carbon atoms (e.g., a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, etc.), more preferably -73 - 200813500 is a carbon number of 6 to 20 The aromatic hydrocarbon ring, and more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 12 carbon atoms, particularly preferably a benzene ring.

芳香族雜環較佳爲含有氮原子或硫原子之芳香族雜環 。雜環的具體實例係包括例如噻吩、咪唑、吡唑、吡啶、 吡阱、嗒畊、三唑、三氮阱、吲哚、吲唑、嘌呤、噻唑啉、 噻唑、噻二唑、噁唑基、噁唑、噁二唑、喹啉、異喹啉、 酞阱、奈D疋、嗤Π惡琳、嗟哩琳、阵卩林(cinn〇iine)、碟Π定、 吖啶、啡啉、啡畊、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噁唑、苯并噻 哩、苯并三唑、四吖茚等。芳香族雜環較佳爲吡啶、三氮 阱、喹啉。 以Q7 2所代表之芳香族環較佳爲芳香族烴環,更佳爲 萘環、苯環’特佳爲苯環。Q72係可又具有取代基,其係較 佳爲如下所述之取代基τ。 「取代基τ」係包括例如烷基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1 至20,更佳爲丨至12,特佳爲1至8者,例如甲基、乙基 、異丙基、三級-丁基、正-辛基、正-癸基、正-十六烷基、 環丙基、環戊基、環己基等);烯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲2 至20,更佳爲2至12,特佳爲2至8,例如乙烯基、烯丙 基、2-丁烯基、3-戊烯基等):炔基(較佳爲碳原子數爲2 至20,更佳爲2至12,特佳爲2至8,例如炔丙基、3-戊 炔基等):芳基(較佳爲碳原子數爲6至30,更佳爲6至 20,特佳爲6至12,例如苯基、聯苯基、萘基等);胺基 (較佳爲碳原子數爲〇至20,更佳爲〇至10,特佳爲〇至 6,例如胺基、甲基胺基、二甲基胺基、二乙基胺基、二苯 -74- 200813500The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably an aromatic heterocyclic ring containing a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the heterocyclic ring include, for example, thiophene, imidazole, pyrazole, pyridine, pyrazole, argon, triazole, triazine, hydrazine, carbazole, hydrazine, thiazoline, thiazole, thiadiazole, oxazolyl , oxazole, oxadiazole, quinoline, isoquinoline, sputum trap, nai D 疋, 嗤Π 琳 琳, 嗟哩 、, cinn〇iine, Π Π 、, acridine, morphine, Browning, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazepine, benzotriazole, tetraterpene, and the like. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a pyridine, a triazine trap or a quinoline. The aromatic ring represented by Q7 2 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably a naphthalene ring or a benzene ring. The Q72 group may have a substituent which is preferably a substituent τ as described below. The "substituent τ" includes, for example, an alkyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably fluorene to 12, particularly preferably 1 to 8, such as methyl, ethyl, isopropyl, or tertiary). -butyl, n-octyl, n-decyl, n-hexadecyl, cyclopropyl, cyclopentyl, cyclohexyl, etc.; alkenyl (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 12, particularly preferably 2 to 8, such as vinyl, allyl, 2-butenyl, 3-pentenyl, etc.): alkynyl group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably It is 2 to 12, particularly preferably 2 to 8, such as propargyl, 3-pentynyl, etc.): an aryl group (preferably having 6 to 30 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 20 carbon atoms, particularly preferably 6) Up to 12, such as phenyl, biphenyl, naphthyl, etc.; amine group (preferably having a carbon number of from 〇 to 20, more preferably from 10 to 10, particularly preferably from 〇 to 6, such as an amine group, a methyl group) Amino, dimethylamino, diethylamino, diphenyl-74- 200813500

甲基胺基等);烷氧基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至20,更佳 爲1至12,特佳爲1至8,例如甲氧基、乙氧基、丁氧基 等);芳氧基(較佳爲碳原子數爲6至20,更佳爲6至16 ,特佳爲6至12,例如苯氧基、2-萘氧基等);醯基(較 佳爲'碳原子數爲1至20,更佳爲1至16,特佳爲1至12, 例如乙醯基、苯甲醯基、甲醯基、三甲基乙醯基等):烷 氧基鑛基(較佳爲碳原子數爲2至20,更佳爲2至16,特 佳爲2至12,例如甲氧基羰基、乙氧基羰基等);芳氧基 羰基(較佳爲碳原子數爲7至20,更佳爲7至16,特佳爲 7至10,例如苯氧基羰基等);醯氧基(較佳爲碳原子數 爲2至20,更佳爲2至16,特佳爲2至10,例如乙醯氧基 、苯甲醯氧基等)。 另外,如上所述之取代基T,其他包括:醯胺基(較 佳爲碳原子數爲2至20,更佳爲2至1 6,特佳爲2至1 〇, 例如乙醯基胺基、苯甲醯胺基等):烷氧基羰基胺基(較 佳爲碳原子數爲2至20,更佳爲2至16,特佳爲2至12, 例如甲氧基羰基胺基等);芳氧基羰基胺基(較佳爲碳原 子數爲7至20,更佳爲7至16,特佳爲7至12,例如苯氧 基羰基胺基等):磺醯胺基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至20, 更佳爲1至16,特佳爲1至12,例如甲磺醯基胺基、苯擴 醯基胺基等);胺磺醯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲〇至20,更 佳爲〇至16,特佳爲0至12,例如胺磺醯基、甲基胺磺醢 基、二甲基胺磺醯基、苯基胺磺醯基等);胺甲醯基(較 佳爲碳原子數爲1至20,更佳爲1至16,特佳爲1至12, -7 5 - 200813500Methylamino group, etc.; alkoxy group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 12, particularly preferably 1 to 8, such as methoxy, ethoxy, butoxy, etc.) An aryloxy group (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16, particularly preferably 6 to 12, such as a phenoxy group, a 2-naphthyloxy group, etc.); a mercapto group (preferably ' The number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16, particularly preferably from 1 to 12, such as ethyl hydrazino, benzhydryl, formazan, trimethylethenyl, etc.): alkoxy mineral base (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16, particularly preferably 2 to 12, such as a methoxycarbonyl group, an ethoxycarbonyl group, etc.); an aryloxycarbonyl group (preferably having a carbon number) It is 7 to 20, more preferably 7 to 16, particularly preferably 7 to 10, such as phenoxycarbonyl or the like; and an anthracene group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16 carbon atoms). Preferably it is from 2 to 10, such as ethoxylated, benzamidine, etc.). Further, as the substituent T as described above, the other includes: an amidino group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 1, 6 or more preferably 2 to 1 Å, such as an acetamino group. , benzylamino group, etc.): alkoxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 2 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 2 to 16, particularly preferably 2 to 12, such as methoxycarbonylamino group, etc.) An aryloxycarbonylamino group (preferably having 7 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 7 to 16, particularly preferably 7 to 12, such as a phenoxycarbonylamino group, etc.): a sulfonamide group (preferably) The number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16, particularly preferably from 1 to 12, such as a methylsulfonylamino group, a benzene-fluorenylamino group, etc.; an amine sulfonyl group (preferably a carbon atom) The number is from 〇 to 20, more preferably from 〇 to 16, particularly preferably from 0 to 12, such as amidoxime, methylamine sulfonyl, dimethylamine sulfonyl, phenylamine sulfonyl, etc.; Aminomethyl thiol (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, -7 5 - 200813500)

,例如胺甲醯基、甲基胺甲醯基、二乙基胺甲醯基、苯基胺 甲醯基等);烷硫基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至20 ’更佳爲 1至16,特佳爲1至12,例如甲硫基、乙硫基等)·,芳硫 基(較佳爲碳原子數爲6至20,更佳爲6至16’特佳爲&amp; 至12,例如苯硫基等);磺醯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至 20,更佳爲1至16,特佳爲1至12,例如甲磺醯基、甲苯 磺醯基等。);亞磺醯基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至20,更 佳爲1至1 6,特佳爲1至12,例如甲亞磺醯基、苯亞磺醯 基等);脲基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至20,更佳爲1至16 ,特佳爲1至1 2,例如脲基、甲基脲基、苯基脲基等); 磷酸醯胺基(較佳爲碳原子數爲1至20,更佳爲1至16, 特佳爲1至12,例如二乙基磷酸醯胺基、苯基磷酸醯胺基 等)等。 更進一步,如上所述之取代基T,其他包括:羥基、 氫硫基、鹵素原子(例如氟原子、氯原子、溴原子、碘原 子等),·氰基、磺基、羧基、硝基、氧肟酸基、亞磺酸基 、聯胺基(肼基)、亞胺基;雜環基(較佳爲碳原子數爲i 至3 0 ’更佳爲1至丨2,雜原子係例如氮原子、氧原子、硫 原子’具體而言,其係包括例如咪唑基、吡啶基、喹啉基 、呋喃基、哌啶基、嗎啉基、苯并噁唑基、苯幷咪唑基、 苯并噻唑基等);矽烷基(較佳爲,碳原子數爲3至4〇, 更佳爲3至30,特佳爲3至24,例如三甲基矽烷基、三苯 基政院基等)等。 β等之取代基可又加以取代。另外,若取代基係具有 -76- 200813500 兩個以上時,則可爲相同或不同。並且,若可能時,也可 互相鍵結形成環。 茲列舉以通式(IV )所代表之化合物具體實例如下, 但是本發明並不受限於此等如下所示的具體實例。For example, an amine methyl sulfhydryl group, a methylamine methyl sulfonyl group, a diethylamine methyl fluorenyl group, a phenylamine methyl fluorenyl group, etc.; an alkylthio group (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20 Å) is more preferably 1 To 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, such as methylthio, ethylthio, etc., arylthio (preferably having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 to 16' is preferably &amp; 12, for example, a phenylthio group or the like; a sulfonyl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16, more preferably 1 to 12, such as a methylsulfonyl group, a tosylsulfonyl group or the like. Sulfhydryl group (preferably having 1 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 1 to 16, preferably 1 to 12, such as sulfinyl, phenylsulfinyl, etc.); (preferably having a carbon number of 1 to 20, more preferably 1 to 16, particularly preferably 1 to 12, such as a ureido group, a methylureido group, a phenylureido group, etc.); a guanidinium phosphate group (preferably) The number of carbon atoms is from 1 to 20, more preferably from 1 to 16, particularly preferably from 1 to 12, such as diethylphosphonium amide, phenylphosphonium amide or the like. Furthermore, the substituent T as described above includes: a hydroxyl group, a hydrogenthio group, a halogen atom (for example, a fluorine atom, a chlorine atom, a bromine atom, an iodine atom, etc.), a cyano group, a sulfo group, a carboxyl group, a nitro group, a hydroxamic acid group, a sulfinic acid group, a hydrazino group (fluorenyl group), an imido group; a heterocyclic group (preferably having a carbon number of from i to 30' is more preferably from 1 to 丨2, and a hetero atom is, for example, The nitrogen atom, the oxygen atom, the sulfur atom 'specifically, it includes, for example, an imidazolyl group, a pyridyl group, a quinolyl group, a furyl group, a piperidinyl group, a morpholinyl group, a benzoxazolyl group, a benzoimidazolyl group, a benzene group. And a thiazolyl group; a decyl group (preferably, a carbon number of 3 to 4 Å, more preferably 3 to 30, particularly preferably 3 to 24, such as a trimethyl decyl group, a triphenyl phenyl group, etc.) )Wait. Substituents such as β can be substituted. Further, when the substituent has two or more of -76 to 200813500, the same or different may be employed. Also, if possible, they may be bonded to each other to form a loop. Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (IV) are as follows, but the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.

CIV-1)CIV-1)

(IV-9)(IV-9)

OCHaOCHa

-77 - 200813500-77 - 200813500

(IV-t 7) (IV-t 8)(IV-t 7) (IV-t 8)

HQHQ

CioHai 200813500CioHai 200813500

(IV-25)(IV-25)

(IV—26)(IV-26)

-CH2CH2CH2CH2-O-CH2CH2CH2CH2-O

αν—27)Νν—27)

-79 - 200813500-79 - 200813500

化合物No. R703 R7Crt IV - 29 -C H2C H(〇H)C H2OC4H9(-n) -ch3 IV-30 -C H2C H(〇H)C H2OC4H9(-n) 一 c2h5 IV-31 R703=R70i :-CH2CH(〇H)CH2OC4H9(—n) IV - 32 -ch(ch3)-co-o~c2h5 一 c2h5 IV-33 R703=R701: -C H(C H3)-C 〇-C2H5 IV-34 -c2h5 -。2H5 IV-35 -c H2C H(〇H)C H2OC4H9(-n) -ch(ch3)2 IV-36 - C H2C H(OH)C H2OC4H9(-n) - ch(ch3)-c2h5 IV-37 R703=R701 :-CH2CH(C2H5)-C4H9(-n) IV-38 ~C8H17(-n) -CgH”( - n) IV - 39 -。3H7(-n) -C3H7( - n) IV-40 -C3H7(-i) -c2h5 IV - 41 - 〇4Η9( - n) - ch3 IV - 42 -C^Hgi-n) -c2H5 IV-43 - 〇4Η9( - n) -〇4Η9(-n) IV-44 -ch2ch(ch3)2 -ch2ch(ch3)2 IV-45 - C6H13(-n) -c2h5 IV-46 -。8H17(-n) - ch3 IV-47 -ch2ch2ch(ch3)2 -ch2ch2ch(ch3)2 IV-48 -CsHut-n) -ΟςΗ^ί-η) IV-49 - ch2-co-o-c2h5 - ch2-co—o-C2H5Compound No. R703 R7Crt IV - 29 -C H2C H(〇H)C H2OC4H9(-n) -ch3 IV-30 -C H2C H(〇H)C H2OC4H9(-n)-c2h5 IV-31 R703=R70i : -CH2CH(〇H)CH2OC4H9(—n) IV - 32 -ch(ch3)-co-o~c2h5 a c2h5 IV-33 R703=R701: -CH(C H3)-C 〇-C2H5 IV-34 -c2h5 -. 2H5 IV-35 -c H2C H(〇H)C H2OC4H9(-n) -ch(ch3)2 IV-36 - C H2C H(OH)C H2OC4H9(-n) - ch(ch3)-c2h5 IV-37 R703=R701 :-CH2CH(C2H5)-C4H9(-n) IV-38 ~C8H17(-n) -CgH"( - n) IV - 39 -.3H7(-n) -C3H7( - n) IV-40 -C3H7(-i) -c2h5 IV - 41 -〇4Η9( - n) - ch3 IV - 42 -C^Hgi-n) -c2H5 IV-43 -〇4Η9( - n) -〇4Η9(-n) IV -44 -ch2ch(ch3)2 -ch2ch(ch3)2 IV-45 - C6H13(-n) -c2h5 IV-46 -.8H17(-n) - ch3 IV-47 -ch2ch2ch(ch3)2 -ch2ch2ch(ch3 ) 2 IV-48 -CsHut-n) -ΟςΗ^ί-η) IV-49 - ch2-co-o-c2h5 - ch2-co-o-C2H5

關於以通式(V )所代表之化合物說明如下。 -80- 200813500 Q&amp;1又〆1 η 但是,在該通式(V)中,Q81和Q82係各自獨立地代 表芳香族環,Χδ1係代表NR81 ( R81係代表氫原子或取代基 ),代表氧原子或硫原子。 以Q81和Q82所代表之芳香族烴環,較佳爲碳原子數The compounds represented by the formula (V) are explained below. -80- 200813500 Q&amp;1 is further 〆1 η However, in the general formula (V), Q81 and Q82 each independently represent an aromatic ring, and Χδ1 represents NR81 (the R81 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent), representing An oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. An aromatic hydrocarbon ring represented by Q81 and Q82, preferably having a carbon number

爲6至3 0之單環或二環之芳香族烴環(例如苯環、萘環等 ),較佳爲碳原子數爲6至20之芳香族烴環,更佳爲碳原 子數爲6至1 2之芳香族烴環,特佳爲苯環。a monocyclic or bicyclic aromatic hydrocarbon ring (for example, a benzene ring, a naphthalene ring, etc.) of 6 to 30, preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 20 carbon atoms, more preferably 6 carbon atoms. The aromatic hydrocarbon ring to 12 is particularly preferably a benzene ring.

以Q81和Q82所代表之芳香族雜環,較佳爲至少含有 氧原子、氮原子或硫原子中任一之芳香族雜環。芳香族雜 環的具體貫例係包括例如呋喃、·略 '噻吩、咪D坐、卩比嗤 、口比D疋、Hit哄、塔哄、三U坐、三氮哄、π引噪、卩引卩坐、嘌卩令、 噻唑啉、噻唑、噻二唑、噁唑基、噁唑、噁二唑、嗟啉、 異喹啉、酞阱、萘啶、喹噁啉、喹唑啉、晬啉、喋陡、γ陡 、啡啉、啡阱、四唑、苯并咪唑、苯并噁唑、苯并噻唑、 苯并三唑、四吖茚等之各環。芳香族雜環較佳爲吡啶環、 三氮阱環、喹啉環。 以Q81和Q82所代表之芳香族,較佳爲芳香族烴環, 更佳爲碳原子數爲6至1G之芳香族烴環,經取代或未經取 代之苯環。 Q*1和係可又具有取代基’取代基雖然較佳爲如上 所述之取代基T,但是取代基不至於含有羧酸或磺酸、四 200813500 級銨鹽。並且,若可行時,也可爲取代基彼此連結而形成 環結構。 X81係代表NR81 ( R81係代表氫原子或取代基,該取代 基可適用如上所述之取代基T )、氧原子或硫原子。較 佳爲NR81 ( 較佳爲醯基、磺醯基,且該等之取代基可 又加以取代)或氧原子,更佳爲氧原子。 茲列舉以通式(V )所代表之化合物具體實例如下,但 是本發明並不受限於此等如下所示的具體實例。The aromatic heterocyclic ring represented by Q81 and Q82 preferably contains at least one of an oxygen atom, a nitrogen atom or a sulfur atom. Specific examples of the aromatic heterocyclic ring include, for example, furan, abbreviated 'thiophene, imipenoid D, 卩 嗤, mouth ratio D 疋, Hit 哄, 哄 哄, three U sit, triazepine, π noise, 卩Sputum, oxime, thiazoline, thiazole, thiadiazole, oxazolyl, oxazole, oxadiazole, porphyrin, isoquinoline, hydrazine, naphthyridine, quinoxaline, quinazoline, hydrazine Each of the rings of porphyrin, rhodium, gamma steep, morphine, morphine, tetrazole, benzimidazole, benzoxazole, benzothiazole, benzotriazole, tetraterpene, and the like. The aromatic heterocyclic ring is preferably a pyridine ring, a triazide ring or a quinoline ring. The aromatic group represented by Q81 and Q82 is preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring, more preferably an aromatic hydrocarbon ring having 6 to 1 G carbon atoms, a substituted or unsubstituted benzene ring. The Q*1 and the substituent may have a substituent. The substituent is preferably a substituent T as described above, but the substituent does not contain a carboxylic acid or a sulfonic acid, and a tetra-200813500 ammonium salt. Further, if possible, the substituents may be bonded to each other to form a ring structure. X81 represents NR81 (wherein R81 represents a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and the substituent may be a substituent T as described above), an oxygen atom or a sulfur atom. More preferably, it is NR81 (preferably a mercapto group, a sulfonyl group, and the substituents may be substituted) or an oxygen atom, more preferably an oxygen atom. Specific examples of the compound represented by the general formula (V) are as follows, but the present invention is not limited to the specific examples shown below.

-82- 200813500-82- 200813500

(V—9&gt; O OH(V-9) O OH

(V-10) CsHsO (V-12)(V-10) CsHsO (V-12)

OH O OHOH O OH

OCiHsOCiHs

OH O OHOH O OH

OC4H9 (V-13) {r|CsHii〇^ (V-15)㈣ CsHi3〇OC4H9 (V-13) {r|CsHii〇^ (V-15) (4) CsHi3〇

OH O OHOH O OH

OH O OHOH O OH

〇〇5Ηιι(ϊ1&gt; OC^H^n)〇〇5Ηιι(ϊ1&gt; OC^H^n)

(V-20)(V-20)

CM$ (V-21) Η^ούCM$ (V-21) Η^ού

OHOH

0〇δΗΐ7{η) H3C00〇δΗΐ7{η) H3C0

O OHO OH

OCa,Hu?{n) OC12H^(rt) -83- 200813500 (V-23)OCa, Hu?{n) OC12H^(rt) -83- 200813500 (V-23)

-CH2CH2-〇-CH2CH2-〇

OHOH

(V-26)(V-26)

HOHO

CV-27)CV-27)

使用於本發明之Rth上升劑,較佳爲以通式(II )和 (ΙΠ )所代表之化合物。另外,也適合使用在以通式(II )和(III )所代表之化合物混合以通式(IV )所代表之化 合物。 使用於本發明之Rth上升劑(以通式(II )至(IV ) -84- 200813500 所代表之化合物)之添加量,較佳爲相對於膜之基材高分 子分別爲2.0至30質量%,更佳爲2.5至20質量%,且進 一步更佳爲2 · 5至1 0質量%。使用兩種以上時,則其合計 量較佳爲符合該添加量之範圍條件。 使用於本發明之Rth上升劑,較佳爲會顯現液晶性。 更佳爲以加熱即會顯現液晶性(具有熱致液晶性),較佳 爲在10 0至3 00 t:之溫度範圍可顯現液晶性。液晶相較佳爲 柱狀相、向列相、或層列相,更佳爲柱狀相。The Rth rising agent to be used in the present invention is preferably a compound represented by the general formula (II) and (ΙΠ). Further, a compound represented by the formula (IV) which is a mixture of the compounds represented by the general formulae (II) and (III) is also suitably used. The amount of the Rth-increasing agent (the compound represented by the formula (II) to (IV)-84-200813500) used in the present invention is preferably 2.0 to 30% by mass based on the base polymer of the film, respectively. More preferably, it is 2.5 to 20% by mass, and further preferably 2 to 5 to 10% by mass. When two or more types are used, the total amount thereof is preferably a condition that satisfies the range of the added amount. The Rth rising agent used in the present invention preferably exhibits liquid crystallinity. More preferably, liquid crystallinity (having thermotropic liquid crystallinity) is exhibited by heating, and liquid crystallinity is preferably exhibited in a temperature range of from 10 0 to 300 t:. The liquid crystal phase is preferably a columnar phase, a nematic phase, or a smectic phase, more preferably a columnar phase.

如上所述之通式(I )之化合物和Rth上升劑,在溶解 膜之基材高分子時可同時添加,也可添加於溶解後之塗液 中。特別是使用靜態混合機等,並在即將流延之前在塗液 添加紫外線吸收劑溶液之模式,則可容易地調整分光吸收 特性,因此爲較佳。 〔控制Re之遲滯上升劑〕 若欲控制本發明之保護膜(光學補償膜)之Re絶對値 時,則較佳爲在溶液之紫外線吸收光譜中最大吸收波長( Xmax)係比25 0 nm爲短波長的化合物用作爲遲滯上升劑。 藉由使用如上所述之化合物,則可在不至於導致可見 域的Re波長相依性之實質變化下來控制絶對値。 另外,從遲滯上升劑的功能的觀點來看,則較佳爲棒 狀化合物,且較佳爲具有至少一個芳香族環,更佳爲具有 至少兩個芳香族環。 該棒狀化合物較佳爲具有直線性分子結構。所謂的^ 直線性分子結構」,係意謂關於熱力學上最穩定的結構, -85- 200813500 棒狀化合物之分子結構爲直線性。 另外,在熱力學上最穩定的結構,係可由結晶結構解 析或分子軌域計算來獲得。 例如,使用分子軌域計算軟體(例如 WinMOPAC2000 :富士通(FUJITSU)公司製造)來做分子軌域計算,則可 計算得化合物之生成熱會成爲最小的分子結構。The compound of the formula (I) and the Rth rising agent as described above may be simultaneously added to the base polymer of the film, or may be added to the coating liquid after dissolution. In particular, it is preferable to use a static mixer or the like and to add the ultraviolet absorber solution to the coating liquid immediately before casting, since the spectral absorption characteristics can be easily adjusted. [Resistance Reducing Agent for Control Re] When it is desired to control the Re absolute enthalpy of the protective film (optical compensation film) of the present invention, it is preferred that the maximum absorption wavelength (Xmax) in the ultraviolet absorption spectrum of the solution is 25 nm. Short wavelength compounds are used as hysteresis risers. By using a compound as described above, the absolute enthalpy can be controlled without substantial changes in the Re-wavelength dependence of the visible region. Further, from the viewpoint of the function of the hysteresis-increasing agent, it is preferably a rod-like compound, and preferably has at least one aromatic ring, and more preferably has at least two aromatic rings. The rod-like compound preferably has a linear molecular structure. The so-called "linear molecular structure" means the most thermodynamically stable structure, and the molecular structure of the rod-like compound is linear. In addition, the most thermodynamically stable structure can be obtained by crystal structure analysis or molecular orbital calculation. For example, using a molecular orbital calculation software (such as WinMOPAC2000: manufactured by FUJITSU) for molecular orbital calculation, it is calculated that the heat of formation of a compound becomes the smallest molecular structure.

在此所謂的分子結構爲直線性,係意謂經如上所述之 計算所獲得熱力學上最穩定的結構中,分子結構之角度爲 140°以上。 另外,遲滯上升劑之添加量係相對於高分子之全部固 體成份較佳爲0.1至30質量%,更佳爲〇.5至20質量%。 〔濕度相依性改良劑〕 在本發明之透明支撐體,用於減少環境濕度之變化所 引起Re和Rth之變動的添加劑,較佳爲使用濕度相依性改 良劑。 該濕度相依性改良劑,較佳爲在一分子中至少具有複 數個氫鍵結性基之化合物,且更佳爲氫鍵結性基係選自羥 基、胺基、硫醇基、羧酸基,特佳爲選自羥基和羧酸基。 另外,較佳爲在一分子內具有複數個不同的官能基。 如上所述之濕度相依性改良劑,其母核較佳爲含有一 或兩個之芳香族環,且較佳爲在一分子中所含有的該官能 基之數’除以添加劑之分子量所g十算得之値爲〇 . 〇 1以上。 該等特徵,推定爲經將如上所述之濕度相依性改良劑 鍵結(氫鍵)於醯化纖維素樹脂之氫鍵位,而以抵消由於 -86- 200813500 在醯化纖維素樹脂內的水分子之配向,及因水分子之脫附 作用的醯化纖維素之電荷分布變化的遲滯變化而發生作用 所然。 濕度相依性改良劑的具體實例可爲如下所示之化合物 (A-1)至(A-17),但是並不受限於此等。Here, the molecular structure is linear, which means that the thermodynamically most stable structure obtained by the calculation as described above has an angle of 140° or more. Further, the amount of the hysteresis-increasing agent added is preferably from 0.1 to 30% by mass, more preferably from 5% to 20% by mass, based on the total solid content of the polymer. [Humidity Dependence Improver] In the transparent support of the present invention, it is preferred to use a humidity dependency improver for reducing the change in Re and Rth caused by the change in the environmental humidity. The humidity-dependent improver is preferably a compound having at least a plurality of hydrogen-bonding groups in one molecule, and more preferably the hydrogen-bonding group is selected from a hydroxyl group, an amine group, a thiol group, and a carboxylic acid group. Particularly preferred is a group selected from a hydroxyl group and a carboxylic acid group. Further, it is preferred to have a plurality of different functional groups in one molecule. The humidity dependency improver as described above preferably has one or two aromatic rings, and preferably the number of the functional groups contained in one molecule divided by the molecular weight of the additive. Ten is calculated as 〇. 〇1 or above. These features are presumed to be bonded (hydrogen bonding) to the hydrogen bonding site of the deuterated cellulose resin by the humidity dependency modifier as described above to offset the degradation of the cellulose resin in the deuterated cellulose resin by -86-200813500. The alignment of water molecules and the hysteresis of changes in the charge distribution of deuterated cellulose due to the desorption of water molecules occur. Specific examples of the humidity dependency improver may be the compounds (A-1) to (A-17) shown below, but are not limited thereto.

COOH 0 COOH 化含物A -2 000H -COOH HOOC HOOC i匕口物A - 3 化合物A - 4COOH 0 COOH content A -2 000H -COOH HOOC HOOC i mouthwash A - 3 compound A - 4

COOHCOOH

COOHCOOH

COOH 化合物A - 7 化含物A - 8COOH Compound A - 7 Compound A - 8

Ο /ΗΟ /Η

VHVH

\/〇Η\/〇Η

HO 了 &quot;OH OHHO has &quot;OH OH

化合物A - 1 3 化合物A - 1 4 化合物A — 1 5 化舍特)A - 1 6Compound A - 1 3 Compound A - 1 4 Compound A - 1 5 Resin) A - 1 6

HO—CHO-C

HO — C 广 CH3 ch3 c—ch3 ss〇 化合物A—17 並且,濕度相依性改良劑之分子量較佳爲i 3 〇以上、 -87- 200813500 5 00以下。若分子量爲少於1 3 〇時,則將導致揮發性不足夠 ,若爲500以上時,則將導致對於溶劑之溶解性、與醯化 纖維素樹脂之相容性惡化。 能符合如上所述之條件的濕度相依性改良劑的具體® 例,可例示如下所示之化合物(Α·1 8 )至(Α-42 ) ’但是 並不受限於此等。HO—C 广 CH3 ch3 c—ch3 ss〇 Compound A-17 Further, the molecular weight of the humidity-dependent improver is preferably i 3 〇 or more and -87-200813500 5 00 or less. If the molecular weight is less than 13 Å, the volatility will be insufficient, and if it is 500 or more, the solubility in a solvent and the compatibility with the fluorinated cellulose resin will be deteriorated. Specific examples of the humidity-dependent improver which can satisfy the above-described conditions include the compounds (Α·1 8 ) to (Α-42 )' shown below, but are not limited thereto.

-88- 200813500-88- 200813500

化合物A— 3 1 化合物A — 3 2Compound A-3 1 Compound A — 3 2

C一OH 化合物A- 3 4C-OH compound A- 3 4

-89- 200813500-89- 200813500

IIII

HO —CHO — C

C一OH 0 化合物A- 4 2C-OH 0 Compound A- 4 2

0 II 〈對於光學補償膜之應用〉 其次,就用於實現光學補償之光學補償膜具體說明如 下。 , 本發明之光學補償膜係有助於對於擴大液晶顯示裝置 φ ’特別是對於OCB模式、VA模式的液晶顯示裝置之視角 對比度、及減少相依於視角的色位移。 本發明之光學補償膜可配置在觀察者側之偏光板與液 晶胞之間、配置在背面側之偏光板與液晶胞之間、或二者 皆配置也可。 例如,也可作爲獨立構件而組裝於液晶顯示裝置內部 ,另外,也可對用於保護偏光膜的保護膜賦予光學特性, 以使其也可用作爲透明膜而發生作用,.並以偏光板之一構 件而組裝於液晶顯示裝置內部。 -9 0 -0 II <Application to Optical Compensation Film> Next, an optical compensation film for realizing optical compensation will be specifically described below. The optical compensation film of the present invention contributes to widening the viewing angle contrast of the liquid crystal display device φ ', particularly for the OCB mode, the VA mode liquid crystal display device, and reducing the color shift depending on the viewing angle. The optical compensation film of the present invention may be disposed between the polarizing plate on the viewer side and the liquid cell, between the polarizing plate on the back side and the liquid crystal cell, or both. For example, it may be incorporated as a separate member in the liquid crystal display device, or an optical property may be imparted to the protective film for protecting the polarizing film so that it can also function as a transparent film, and the polarizing plate can be used. The component is assembled inside the liquid crystal display device. -9 0 -

200813500 另外,本發明之光學補償膜, 及具有其他光學特性的光學異方向 〔光學異方向性層(混成配向異方 本發明之光學補償膜係視對象 至少一層由液晶性化合物所形成的 學異方向性層,可直接形成於光學 學補償膜上形成配向膜,然後形成方 另外,也可將經形成於其他基 ,使用黏著劑、接著劑等來使其轉 製造具有光學異方向性層之光學補ί: 用於形成如上所述之光學異方 ,係包括棒狀液晶性化合物和圓盤 文也有稱圓盤狀液晶性化合物爲「 情形)。棒狀液晶性化合物和碟狀 分子液晶或低分子液晶。另外,最 所含有之化合物,已不必爲會顯現 學異方向性層之製造係使用低分子 爲在形成光學異方向性層之過程, 不再顯現液晶性之模式。 〔棒狀液晶性化合物〕 可使用於本發明之該光學異方 化合物」,係適合使用:次甲基偶j 化偶氮基類、氰聯苯類、氰苯基酯 烷羧酸苯酯類、氰苯基環己烷類、 也可具有透明支撐體、 fe層之至少兩層。 3性層)〕 的液晶方式而定,具有 光學異方向性層。該光 補償膜之表面,或在光 &gt;該配向膜上。 材上之液晶性化合物層 印在光學補償膜上,以 請。 向性層之液晶性化合物 狀液晶性化合物(在下 碟狀液晶性化合物」之 液晶性化合物係可爲高 後在該光學異方向性層 液晶性,例如,若該光 液晶性化合物時,則可 該化合物會受到交聯而 向性層的「棒狀液晶性 β ( azomethine )類、氧 類、苯甲酸酯類、環3 經氰基取代之苯基嘧啶 -91 - 200813500 類、經烷氧基取代之苯基嘧啶類、苯基二噁烷類、二苯乙 炔(Tolane)類及烯基環己基苯甲腈類。 並且,棒狀液晶性化合物也包括金屬錯合物。另外, 也可使用在重覆單元中含有棒狀液晶性化合物之液晶高分 子。換言之,棒狀液晶性化合物係也可與(液晶)高分子 鍵結。200813500 Further, the optical compensation film of the present invention and an optically different direction having an optical property (optical anisotropic layer (mixed alignment, optical compensation film of the present invention, at least one layer of a liquid crystal compound) The directional layer may be formed directly on the optical compensation film to form an alignment film, and then formed into a film, or may be formed on another substrate, and then used to form an optically anisotropic layer by using an adhesive or an adhesive. Optical complement: used to form the optical heterogeneous as described above, including rod-like liquid crystalline compounds and discs, also referred to as discotic liquid crystalline compounds. "Case", rod-like liquid crystalline compounds and discotic liquid crystals or Low-molecular-weight liquid crystals. In addition, the most contained compounds do not have to be low-molecular in the process of forming an optically anisotropic layer for a manufacturing system that exhibits an anisotropic layer, and no longer exhibits liquid crystallinity. The liquid crystalline compound can be suitably used for the optical hetero compound of the present invention: methine group, azo group, cyanamide , Cyanophenyl esters of alkanoic acid phenyl esters, cyanophenyl cyclohexanes, may also have a transparent support, at least two layers Fe. The three-layered layer) has an optically anisotropic layer depending on the liquid crystal method. The surface of the light compensation film, or on the light &gt; the alignment film. The liquid crystal compound layer on the material is printed on the optical compensation film. The liquid crystalline compound of the liquid crystalline compound-like liquid crystalline compound (in the lower-disc liquid crystal compound) of the tropism layer may have a high liquid crystallinity in the optically anisotropic layer. For example, when the liquid crystalline compound is used, This compound is subjected to cross-linking and directionality of "rod-type liquid crystal y (azomethine), oxygen, benzoate, ring 3 cyano substituted phenylpyrimidine-91 - 200813500, alkoxy Substituted phenylpyrimidines, phenyldioxanes, toluenes, and alkenylcyclohexylbenzonitriles. Further, the rod-like liquid crystalline compounds also include metal complexes. A liquid crystal polymer containing a rod-like liquid crystal compound in the repeating unit. In other words, the rod-like liquid crystal compound may be bonded to the (liquid crystal) polymer.

關於棒狀液晶性化合物,則揭示於季刊化學總說第22 冊「液晶化學」(1 994年日本化學會編)之第4章、第7 章和第1 1章,及液晶裝置手冊(日本學術振興會第1 42委 員會編)之第3章。 使用於本發明之棒狀液晶性化合物之雙折射率較佳爲 在0.001至0.7之範圍。 如上所述之棒狀液晶性化合物,爲固定其配向狀態, 較佳爲具有聚合性基。聚合性基較佳爲不飽和聚合性基或 環氧基’更佳爲不飽和聚合性基’且進一'步更佳爲嫌鍵性 不飽和聚合性基。 〔碟狀液晶性化合物〕 碟狀(discotic )液晶性化合物係包括:揭示於c. Destrade等人之硏究報告,Mol. Cryst.、第71冊、第1 1 1 頁(1981年)之苯衍生物;揭示於C. Destrade等人之硏究 報告,Mol· Cryst·、第 122 冊、第 141 頁(1 9 8 5 年), Physics lett,A、第 78 冊、第 82 頁(1 990 年)之 Toluxene 衍生物;揭示於Β· Kohne等人之硏究報告,Angew. Chem. 、第96冊、第70頁(1 984年)之環己烷衍生物;及揭示 -92- 200813500 於J. Μ· Lehn等人之硏究報告,J· Chem. C o m m u η ·、第 1794頁(1985年);J· Zhang等人之硏究報告,揭示於j. Am· Chem. Soc.、第 116 冊、第 2655 頁(1994 年)之氮冠 狀醚系和苯基乙炔系巨環。 在如上所述之碟狀液晶性化合物,也包含對於分子中 心之母核,直鏈之垸基、院氧基或取代苯甲醯氧基係作爲 母核的側鏈而取代成放射線狀的結構,且會顯現液晶性之 化合物。分子或分子之集合體較佳爲具有旋轉對稱性,且 ^能賦予一定的配向之化合物。About the rod-like liquid crystal compound, it is disclosed in Chapter 4, Chapter 7, and Chapter 1, "Liquid Crystal Chemistry" (edited by the Chemical Society of Japan in 1994), and the Handbook of Liquid Crystal Devices (Japanese) Chapter 3 of the 1st 42nd Committee of the Academic Promotion Association. The birefringence of the rod-like liquid crystalline compound used in the present invention is preferably in the range of 0.001 to 0.7. The rod-like liquid crystalline compound as described above is preferably a polymerizable group in which the alignment state is fixed. The polymerizable group is preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group or an epoxy group, more preferably an unsaturated polymerizable group, and more preferably a stepwise unsaturated polymerizable group. [Disc liquid crystal compound] Discotic liquid crystal compound includes: Benzene disclosed in c. Destrade et al., Mol. Cryst., Vol. 71, pp. 1 1 1 (1981) Derivatives; published in C. Destrade et al., Mol·Cryst, Vol. 122, p. 141 (1 1985), Physics lett, A, vol. 78, p. 82 (1 990) Toluxene derivative; published in 硏· Kohne et al., Angew. Chem., Vol. 96, p. 70 (1 984) cyclohexane derivatives; and Rev.-92-200813500 J. Μ Lehn et al., J. Chem. C ommu η ·, p. 1794 (1985); J. Zhang et al., a study report, published in j. Am. Chem. Soc. Nitrogen crown ethers and phenylacetylene macrocycles, vol. 116, p. 2655 (1994). The discotic liquid crystalline compound as described above also includes a linear structure in which a linear thiol group, a oxo group or a substituted benzamidine group is used as a side chain of a mother nucleus for a core of a molecular center. And a compound which exhibits liquid crystallinity. The assembly of molecules or molecules is preferably a compound having rotational symmetry and capable of imparting a certain alignment.

如上所述,若由液晶性化合物形成光學異方向性層時 ’則最後在該光學異方向性層所含有之化合物,已不必爲 會顯現液晶性,例如,若低分子之碟狀液晶性化合物具有 以熱或光會反應之基,且該基因熱或光而進行反應,經由 聚合或交聯而高分子量化即形成光學異方向性層等時,則 包含在光學異方向性層中之化合物,也可爲已經喪失液晶 性。碟狀液晶性化合物之較佳的實例,係揭示於日本發明 專利特開平第8-5 0206號公報。另外,關於碟狀液晶性化 合物之聚合,則揭示於日本發明專利特開平第8-27284號 公報中。 若欲以聚合固定碟狀液晶性化合物時,則需要將聚合 性基作爲取代基而鍵結於碟狀液晶性化合物之圓盤狀芯。 但是,若將聚合性基直接連結於圓盤狀芯時,在聚合反應 時保持配向狀態則有困難。因此,較佳爲在圓盤狀芯與聚 合性基之間導入連結基。 -93- 200813500 在本發明之如上所述之光學異方向性層中,該棒狀化 合物、或該圓盤狀化合物之分子係被固定成配向狀態。液 晶性化合物之分子對稱軸在光學補償膜側界面之配向平均 方向係與該光學補償膜之面內之遲相軸所形成的交叉角大 致爲45° 。另外,在本說明書中所謂的「大致爲45°」, 係指45±5°之範圍的角度,且較佳爲42至48° ,更佳爲 43 至 47〇 〇As described above, when the optically anisotropic layer is formed of a liquid crystalline compound, the compound which is finally contained in the optically anisotropic layer does not need to exhibit liquid crystallinity, for example, a low molecular disk-like liquid crystalline compound. A compound which is contained in an optically anisotropic layer when the reaction is carried out by heat or light, and the reaction is carried out by heat or light, and the optically anisotropic layer or the like is formed by polymerization or crosslinking. It is also possible to lose liquid crystallinity. A preferred example of the dish-like liquid crystal compound is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. 8-5-1206. Further, the polymerization of the discotic liquid crystalline compound is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 8--27284. When it is desired to fix a discotic liquid crystalline compound by polymerization, it is necessary to bond a polymerizable group as a substituent to a disc-shaped core of a discotic liquid crystalline compound. However, when the polymerizable group is directly bonded to the disk-shaped core, it is difficult to maintain the alignment state during the polymerization reaction. Therefore, it is preferred to introduce a linking group between the disc-shaped core and the polymerizable group. -93- 200813500 In the optically anisotropic layer as described above, the rod-shaped compound or the molecular system of the discotic compound is fixed in an aligned state. The molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound has an angle of intersection of the orientation average direction of the optical compensation film side interface with the retardation axis in the plane of the optical compensation film of 45°. In addition, the term "substantially 45°" as used herein means an angle in the range of 45 ± 5°, and preferably 42 to 48°, more preferably 43 to 47 inches.

液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸配向平均方向,一般以選 擇液晶性化合物或配向膜材料、或選擇摩擦處理方法,則 可加以調整。 在本發明中,例如在製造OCB模式用之光學補償膜之 情形時,則經以摩擦處理來製造光學異方向性層形成用配 向膜,且經以對.於光學補償膜之遲相軸成45。之方向來施 加摩擦處理,則可形成液晶性化合物之分子對稱軸至少在 醯化纖維素膜界面之配向平均方向係對於醯化纖維素膜之 遲相軸成45°之光學異方向性層。 例如,若本發明之光學補償膜使用遲相軸係與長度方 向成正交的長尺寸狀之本發明光學補償膜時,則可以連續 式來製造。 與液晶性化合物同時使用之塑化劑、界面活性劑及聚 合性單體,較佳爲與碟狀液晶性化合物具有相溶性,且能 賦予液晶性化合物之傾斜角變化、或不至於阻礙配向。較 佳爲聚合性單體(例如具有乙儲基、乙嫌氧基、丙燦醯基 及甲基丙烯醯基之化合物)。該等化合物之添加量係相對 -94- 200813500 於液晶性化合物一般在1至50質量%之範圍,較佳爲在5 至30質量%之範圍。另外,若混合聚合性之反應性官能基 數爲4以上之單體來使用時,則可提高配向膜與光學異方 向性層之間的密著性。 若液晶性化合物係使用碟狀液晶性化合物時,則較佳 爲使用與碟狀液晶性化合物具有某一程度之相溶性,且能 對碟狀液晶性化合物賦予傾斜角變化之高分子。 高分子之實例係包括纖維素酯。該高分子之添加量, Φ 相對於碟狀液晶性化合物,較佳爲在〇. 1至1 〇質量%之範 圍,更佳爲在0.1至8質量%之範圍,且進一步更佳爲在 〇· 1至5質量%之範圍,使其不至於阻礙碟狀液晶性化合物 之配向。 碟狀液晶性化合物之碟狀向列液晶相-固相轉移溫度較 佳爲70至3 00 °C,更佳爲70至170°C。The molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound is aligned in the average direction, and can be generally adjusted by selecting a liquid crystal compound or an alignment film material or by selecting a rubbing treatment method. In the present invention, for example, in the case of manufacturing an optical compensation film for an OCB mode, an alignment film for forming an optical anisotropic layer is formed by a rubbing treatment, and the retardation is formed by the retardation of the optical compensation film. 45. In the direction of applying the rubbing treatment, the molecular symmetry axis of the liquid crystal compound can be formed at least at an orientation average direction of the cellulose fluorite film interface, which is an optically anisotropic layer of 45° with respect to the retardation axis of the bismuth cellulose film. For example, when the optical compensation film of the present invention has a long-length optical compensation film of the present invention in which the retardation axis is orthogonal to the longitudinal direction, it can be produced in a continuous manner. The plasticizer, the surfactant, and the polymerizable monomer which are used together with the liquid crystal compound are preferably compatible with the discotic liquid crystalline compound, and can impart a change in the tilt angle of the liquid crystal compound or prevent the alignment. More preferably, it is a polymerizable monomer (e.g., a compound having a B storage group, an ethyl sulfoxide group, a propyl decyl group, and a methacryl fluorenyl group). The amount of the compound to be added is generally in the range of from 1 to 50% by mass, preferably from 5 to 30% by mass based on the liquid crystal compound of from -94 to 200813500. Further, when a monomer having a reactive polymerizable functional group of 4 or more is used, the adhesion between the alignment film and the optically anisotropic layer can be improved. When a liquid crystalline compound is used as the liquid crystalline compound, it is preferred to use a polymer having a certain degree of compatibility with the liquid crystalline compound and imparting a change in the tilt angle to the liquid crystalline compound. Examples of the polymer include cellulose esters. The amount of the polymer to be added, Φ is preferably in the range of from 0.1 to 1% by mass, more preferably from 0.1 to 8% by mass, and still more preferably in the range of from 0.1 to 1% by mass based on the discotic liquid crystalline compound. • A range of 1 to 5 mass% so as not to hinder the alignment of the discotic liquid crystalline compound. The dish-like liquid crystal phase-solid phase transfer temperature of the discotic liquid crystal compound is preferably from 70 to 300 ° C, more preferably from 70 to 170 ° C.

在本發明中,如上所述之「其他的」光學異方向性層 係至少具有面內光學異方性。該光學異方向性層之面內遲 滯Re較佳爲3至300 nm,更佳爲5至200 nm,且進一步 更佳爲10至1〇〇 nm。關於光學異方向性層之厚度方向遲 滯Rth較佳爲20至400 nm,更佳爲50至200 nm。另外, 該光學異方向性層之厚度較佳爲0.1至20μπι,更佳爲0.5 至15μιη,且進一步更佳爲1至ΙΟμπι。 〔配向膜〕 本發明之光學補償膜,也可在支撐體與光學異方向性 層之間具有配向膜。另外,也可僅在製造光學異方向性層 -95-In the present invention, the "other" optically anisotropic layer as described above has at least in-plane optical anisotropy. The in-plane retardation Re of the optically anisotropic layer is preferably from 3 to 300 nm, more preferably from 5 to 200 nm, and still more preferably from 10 to 1 Å nm. The retardation Rth in the thickness direction of the optically anisotropic layer is preferably from 20 to 400 nm, more preferably from 50 to 200 nm. Further, the thickness of the optically anisotropic layer is preferably from 0.1 to 20 μm, more preferably from 0.5 to 15 μm, and still more preferably from 1 to ΙΟμπι. [Alignment film] The optical compensation film of the present invention may have an alignment film between the support and the optically anisotropic layer. In addition, it is also possible to manufacture only the optical anisotropic layer -95-

200813500 時使用配向膜,然後在配向膜上製造光學異 僅將該光學異方向性層轉印在本發明之光學 體)上。 在本發明中,該配向膜較佳爲由經交聯 成的層。使用於配向膜之高分子也可爲其本 高分子,或可藉由使用交聯劑所交聯之高分 。該配向膜可藉由將具有官能基之高分子、 入於高分子者,以光、熱或PH變化等使其在 行反應來形成之方法;或使用高反應活性的 劑在高分子之間導入源於交聯劑之結合基, 間交聯來形成之方法。 由經交聯的高分子所構成的配向膜,通 塗布含有如上所述之高分子、或高分子與交 '的塗布液後,實施加熱等所形成。 在下文所述之摩擦步驟中,較佳爲預先 抑制配向膜之灰塵飛揚。若將從1扣除相對 布液中之交聯劑量(Mb ),經交聯後所殘留 Ma )的比率(Ma/Mb )之値(1 — ( Ma/Mb ) 度時,則交聯度較佳爲50至100%,更佳爲 且進一步更佳爲75至100%。 (偏光板) 本發明之偏光板係由偏光膜與用於夾住 對偏光板用保護膜構成。若具有此等構成時 透射率的觀點來看,則爲較佳。如上所述之 方向性層後, 補償膜(支撐 的高分子所構 身爲可交聯性 子中之任一種 或將官能基導 筒分子之間進 化合物之交聯 以使高分子之 常在支撐體上 聯劑之混合物 提高交聯度以 於添加在該塗 之交聯劑量( )定義爲交聯 65 至 10 0%, 該偏光膜之一 ,從偏光能和 光學補償膜係 -96- 200813500 包括在該一對偏光板用保護膜之至少一側的偏光板用保護 膜。該偏光板之製造方法,例如,可在經切斷成矩形狀等 所欲之形狀後,將該光學補償膜與偏光膜貼合,也可在經 與長尺寸狀偏光膜貼合後,予以切斷成所欲之形狀。 本發明之偏光板,不僅是具有偏光功能,也具有優越 的光學補償功能,而且,可容易地搭配於液晶顯示裝置中 。另外,以該光學補償膜作爲偏光膜之保護膜的實施模式 ,也有助於液晶顯示裝置之薄型化。An alignment film was used at 200813500, and then an optical difference was produced on the alignment film. Only the optical anisotropic layer was transferred onto the optical body of the present invention. In the present invention, the alignment film is preferably a layer which is crosslinked. The polymer used for the alignment film may also be its own polymer or a high score which can be crosslinked by using a crosslinking agent. The alignment film can be formed by reacting a polymer having a functional group with a polymer, by light, heat or pH, or by using a highly reactive agent between the polymers. A method of forming a binding group derived from a crosslinking agent and inter-crosslinking is introduced. The alignment film composed of the crosslinked polymer is formed by applying a coating liquid containing the above-mentioned polymer or polymer and the mixture, followed by heating or the like. In the rubbing step described below, it is preferred to suppress the dust flying of the alignment film in advance. If the ratio (Ma/Mb) of the amount of crosslinker (Mb) in the relative cloth liquid after cross-linking is subtracted from 1 (1 - (Ma/Mb) degree), the degree of crosslinking is higher. Preferably, it is 50 to 100%, more preferably, and still more preferably 75 to 100%. (Polarizing Plate) The polarizing plate of the present invention is composed of a polarizing film and a protective film for sandwiching a polarizing plate. It is preferable from the viewpoint of the transmittance at the time of formation. After the directional layer as described above, the compensation film (the supported polymer is constituted by any one of the crosslinkable molecules or the functional group guide molecule) Crosslinking of the compound to increase the degree of crosslinking of the mixture of the polymer on the support, so that the amount of the crosslinking agent added to the coating is defined as 65 to 100% of the crosslinking, the polarizing film First, a polarizing plate protective film is included in at least one side of the pair of protective films for a polarizing plate from a polarizing energy and an optical compensation film system-96-200813500. The manufacturing method of the polarizing plate can be, for example, cut into After the shape of the rectangle or the like is desired, the optical compensation film is bonded to the polarizing film, and may also be long and long. After the polarizing film of the size is bonded, it is cut into a desired shape. The polarizing plate of the present invention has not only a polarizing function but also an excellent optical compensation function, and can be easily matched with a liquid crystal display device. The implementation mode of the optical compensation film as the protective film of the polarizing film also contributes to the reduction in thickness of the liquid crystal display device.

〈被覆層〉 本發明之偏光板用保護膜,特別是用於配置在偏光膜 視認側之保護膜,較佳爲在透明基材膜上予以形成被覆層 (阻障層)。該被覆層之厚度,其適當範圍係因該被覆層 之種類而不同。經設定被覆層爲最適當厚度時,則可具有 優越的低透濕度,同時不至於造成捲曲增大等之弊害,因 此爲較佳。若捲曲太大時,則在其後之製造偏光板步驟, 例如在與偏光膜之接著步驟、在處理上即將發生障礙。另 外,不僅是對於製造步驟,若偏光板本身有捲曲殘留時, 則將對於LCD造成顯示不均勻性等,因此不佳。因此’若 欲不至於造成捲曲、或欲加以抑制成實用上並無問題的程 度之小時,則較佳爲控制被覆層膜厚爲在最適當範圍內。 至於膜厚下限,則根據透濕性來決定其較佳的範圍。被覆 層係至少由一層所構成,但是兩層以上之模式亦可。在該 被覆層中同時使用不同的兩種以上被覆層之模式,從減少 透濕度的觀點來看’則爲特佳。 -97- 200813500 〈〈透濕性〉〉 其次,就透濕性詳述如下。 透濕度之測定法,可適用揭示於「高分子之物性Π」 (高分子實驗講座4,共立出版)之第285頁至294頁:蒸 氣透過量之測定(質量法、溫度計法、蒸氣壓法、吸附量 法)之方法,將本發明之7〇 mm 0膜試料在60 °C、95 %RH 之條件下各予以調濕24小時,並由調濕前後之質量差,根 據JIS Z-0208來計算得每單位面積之水份量(g/m2)。此 # 時,則反復進行將放入於恆溫恆濕裝置之杯子以適當時間 間隔取出並加以稱量之操作,而以兩次連續的稱量,分別 計算出每單位時間之質量增加,且持續進行直到其爲在5% 以內而成爲一定爲止。另外,爲排除因試料吸濕等之影響 ,則測定未經放入吸濕劑的空杯子,以將透濕度之値加以 . 補正。 另外,在本發明所使用的透濕度之値,若在測定具有 將層狀無機化合物分散於聚乙烯醇、乙烯-乙烯醇共聚合物 ^ 、及該等之樹脂層的被覆層之保護暝時,則使用由基材層 側的透濕度之値。以該測定法所測得市售纖維素乙酸酯膜 之透濕度,係一般在80μιη厚度,且在如上所述的條件下之 透濕度則爲1,400至1,5 00 g/m2*day。本發明偏光板保護 膜之透濕度上限較佳爲300 g/m2· day以下,更佳爲200 g/m2 · day以下。若透濕度高於該上限値時,則在長期使用 時,減少產生顯示影像不均勻性之功效係較低。該顯示影 像不均勻性係由於溫度或濕度之變化所造成的偏光膜之尺 -98- 200813500 寸變化。下限雖然並無特殊限制,但是從偏光板加工時之 生產性的觀點來看,則較佳爲20 g/m2 · day以上,更佳爲 30 g/m2 · day以上。若爲在此範圍內時,則可在不至於造 成偏光板應有之性能(偏光度、單板透射率)惡化下,在 長期使用時加以抑制源於溫度或濕度之變化所造成的偏光 膜之尺寸變化而產生的顯示影像不均勻性。 另外,本發明之構成藉由使用如上所述之保護膜,則 可顯著減少相依於使用環境的液晶顯示裝置之顯示性能( ^ 視角對比度/色相視角相依性)變化。雖在前文已述及,醯 化纖維素膜係經使其含水,則將產生由於醯化纖維素樹脂 內之配向及水分子之脫附作用所引起的醯化纖維素電荷分 布變化之遲滯變化。其結果,液晶顯示裝置即根據環境濕 度而產生特別是斜向之對比度及色相發生變化。其係藉由 將賦予阻障層之保護膜用作爲偏光子之保護膜,則可加以 遲滯•抑制水分子透過偏光板而侵入於配置在相反側之醯 化纖維素內,因此可抑制對應於濕度的醯化纖維素之光學 ^ 特性變化,其結果,液晶顯示裝置顯示特性之濕度相依性 即得以減少。 經硬化之被覆層,雖然可爲由單層或數層所構成,但 是較佳爲在製造步驟上是簡便的單層。在此情況之單層係 指以相同組成物所形成的被覆層,若塗布、乾燥後之組成 爲相同組成者時,則也可以數次塗布來形成。至於所謂的 數層係指以組成不相同的數種組成物所形成。 〈〈接著劑〉〉 -99- 200813500 偏光膜與保護膜之接著劑雖然並無特殊限制,但是其 係包括P V A系樹脂(包含乙醯乙醯基、磺酸基、竣基、經 基伸院基等之改質P V A )或硼化合物水溶液等,其中,‘較 佳爲PVA系樹脂。接著劑層之厚度較佳爲經乾燥後爲〇.〇 i 至ΙΟμιη,特佳爲0.05至5μπι。 〈〈偏光膜與透明保護膜之一貫製造步驟〉〉 可使用於本發明之偏光板,雖然具有經延伸偏光膜用 膜後,使其收縮以降低揮發分率之乾燥步驟,但是較佳爲 ^ 在乾燥後或乾燥中至少在單面貼合透明保護膜後,具有後 加熱步驟。 在該透明保護膜係兼作具有透明膜功能的光學異方向 性層支撐體之模式時,則較佳爲經在一面貼合透明保護膜 ,另一面則貼合具有光學異方向性層之透明支撐體後,實 施後加熱步驟。 〈偏光板之性能〉<Cladding layer> The protective film for a polarizing plate of the present invention is particularly preferably used as a protective film disposed on the side of the polarizing film, and a coating layer (barrier layer) is preferably formed on the transparent substrate film. The thickness of the coating layer differs depending on the type of the coating layer. When the coating layer is set to have the most appropriate thickness, it is preferable to have a superior low moisture permeability without causing the occurrence of curling or the like. If the curl is too large, the polarizing plate step is followed, for example, in the subsequent step with the polarizing film, an obstacle is about to occur in the processing. Further, not only for the manufacturing step, if the polarizing plate itself has a curl residual, display unevenness or the like is caused to the LCD, which is not preferable. Therefore, it is preferable to control the film thickness of the coating layer to be within the optimum range if it is desired to cause curling or to suppress it to an extent that is practically not problematic. As for the lower limit of the film thickness, the preferred range is determined in accordance with the moisture permeability. The coating layer is composed of at least one layer, but a pattern of two or more layers is also possible. It is particularly preferable to use a mode in which two or more different coating layers are used simultaneously in the coating layer from the viewpoint of reducing moisture permeability. -97- 200813500 <Hylet permeability> Next, the moisture permeability is described in detail below. The measurement method of the moisture permeability can be applied to the "physical properties of polymers" (Phase Experiment 4, Co-published), pages 285 to 294: Determination of vapor permeation (mass method, thermometer method, vapor pressure method) According to the method of the adsorption amount method, the 7 〇mm 0 film sample of the present invention is conditioned for 24 hours under the conditions of 60 ° C and 95 % RH, and the quality difference before and after the humidity control is according to JIS Z-0208. To calculate the amount of water per unit area (g/m2). In this case, the operation of taking out and weighing the cup placed in the constant temperature and humidity device at appropriate intervals is repeated, and the mass increase per unit time is calculated by two consecutive weighings, and continues. It is carried out until it is within 5% and becomes constant. In addition, in order to eliminate the influence of moisture absorption of the sample, the empty cup which is not placed in the moisture absorbent is measured, and the moisture permeability is corrected. Further, in the case of the moisture permeability used in the present invention, when the protective layer having the layered inorganic compound dispersed in the polyvinyl alcohol, the ethylene-vinyl alcohol copolymer, and the coating layer of the resin layer is measured, Then, the moisture permeability from the side of the substrate layer is used. The moisture permeability of the commercially available cellulose acetate film measured by the measurement method is generally 80 μm thick, and the moisture permeability under the conditions as described above is 1,400 to 1,500 g/m 2 * Day. The upper limit of the moisture permeability of the polarizing plate protective film of the present invention is preferably 300 g/m2·day or less, more preferably 200 g/m2 · day or less. If the moisture permeability is higher than the upper limit 値, the effect of reducing display image unevenness is low in long-term use. The display image unevenness is a variation of the polarizing film of -98 - 200813500 inch due to changes in temperature or humidity. The lower limit is not particularly limited, but is preferably 20 g/m 2 ·day or more, and more preferably 30 g/m 2 · day or more from the viewpoint of productivity in processing of the polarizing plate. If it is within this range, it can suppress the polarizing film caused by the change of temperature or humidity during long-term use without deteriorating the performance (polarization, single-plate transmittance) of the polarizing plate. Display image non-uniformity caused by dimensional changes. Further, the constitution of the present invention can significantly reduce the display performance (^ viewing angle contrast/hue viewing angle dependence) of the liquid crystal display device depending on the use environment by using the protective film as described above. Although it has been mentioned above that the deuterated cellulose film is made to contain water, a hysteresis change in the charge distribution change of the deuterated cellulose due to the alignment in the deuterated cellulose resin and the desorption of water molecules will occur. . As a result, the liquid crystal display device generates a contrast and a hue which are particularly oblique in accordance with the environmental humidity. By using the protective film provided with the barrier layer as a protective film for the polarizer, it is possible to retard the water molecules and prevent the water molecules from penetrating into the deuterated cellulose disposed on the opposite side through the polarizing plate, thereby suppressing the corresponding The optical characteristics of the deuterated cellulose of humidity are changed, and as a result, the humidity dependence of the display characteristics of the liquid crystal display device is reduced. The hardened coating layer may be composed of a single layer or a plurality of layers, but is preferably a simple single layer in the production steps. In this case, the single layer refers to a coating layer formed of the same composition. When the composition after coating and drying is the same composition, it may be formed by coating several times. As for the so-called number layer, it is formed by several compositions having different compositions. <Adhesive> -99- 200813500 Although the adhesive for polarizing film and protective film is not particularly limited, it includes PVA resin (including ethyl acetonitrile, sulfonic acid group, sulfhydryl group, and base group). Such as a modified PVA) or an aqueous solution of a boron compound, etc., wherein 'pVA-based resin is preferred. The thickness of the subsequent layer is preferably from 〇.〇 i to ΙΟμηη after drying, particularly preferably from 0.05 to 5 μm. <Consistent Manufacturing Step of Polarizing Film and Transparent Protective Film> The polarizing plate used in the present invention may have a drying step of shrinking the film for stretching the polarizing film to reduce the volatile content, but it is preferably ^ After the transparent protective film is bonded to at least one side after drying or drying, there is a post-heating step. In the mode in which the transparent protective film also serves as an optically anisotropic layer support having a function of a transparent film, it is preferable to apply a transparent protective film on one surface and a transparent support having an optical anisotropic layer on the other surface. After the body, a post-heating step is performed. <Performance of polarizing plate>

由與本發明相關的透明保護膜、偏光子(偏光膜)、 透明支撐體所構成的偏光板之光學性質及耐久性(在短期 、長期下之儲存性),較佳爲具有與市售之超高對比度商 品(例如,SANRITZ股份有限公司製造之HLC2-5618等) 相等以上之性能。 具體而言,可見光透射率爲42.5%以上,且偏光度爲{ (Tp- Tc) / ( Tp + Tc) } 1/2 g 0.9995 (但是,Tp 是平行透 射率、Tc是正交透射率),在6(TC、濕度90%RH環境下 放置500小時,及在80t、乾燥環境下放置500小時時, -100- 200813500 在其前後的光透射率之變化率’以絶對値爲爲基準’則較 佳爲3 %以下,更佳爲1 %以下。另外’偏光度之變化率, 以絶對値爲基準,則較佳爲1%以下,更佳爲0.1%以下。 (液晶顯示裝置) 經貼合如上所述之光學補償膜、或光學補償膜與偏光 膜所製得之偏光板,可有利地用於液晶顯示裝置,特別是 透射型液晶顯示裝置。透射型液晶顯示裝置係由液晶胞、 及配置在其兩側之兩片偏光板所構成。The optical properties and durability (storage in the short-term and long-term) of the polarizing plate composed of the transparent protective film, the polarizer (polarizing film), and the transparent support relating to the present invention are preferably commercially available. Ultra-high contrast products (for example, HLC2-5618 manufactured by SANRITZ Co., Ltd.) are equal in performance. Specifically, the visible light transmittance is 42.5% or more, and the degree of polarization is {(Tp-Tc) / (Tp + Tc) } 1/2 g 0.9995 (however, Tp is parallel transmittance, and Tc is orthogonal transmittance) , when placed in 6 (TC, humidity 90% RH environment for 500 hours, and placed in 80 t, dry environment for 500 hours, -100-200813500 before and after the rate of change of light transmittance 'based on absolute 値' Further, it is preferably 3% or less, more preferably 1% or less. Further, the rate of change in the degree of polarization is preferably 1% or less, more preferably 0.1% or less based on the absolute enthalpy. (Liquid crystal display device) The polarizing plate obtained by bonding the optical compensation film or the optical compensation film and the polarizing film as described above can be advantageously used for a liquid crystal display device, particularly a transmissive liquid crystal display device. The transmissive liquid crystal display device is composed of a liquid crystal cell. And two polarizing plates disposed on both sides thereof.

另外,該偏光板係由偏光膜、及配置在該偏光膜兩側 之至少兩片透明保護膜所構成。並且,如上所述之液晶胞 係在兩片電極基板之間夾持著液晶。 本發明之光學補償膜係在液晶胞與一側之偏光板之間 配置一片、或在液晶.胞與兩者偏光板之間配置兩片。 本發明之偏光板係用作爲在液晶胞兩側所配置的兩片 偏光板中之至少一側。在此種情形時,本發明·之偏光板應 配置成使其光學補償膜位於液晶胞側。 ' 液晶胞較佳爲VA模式、OCB模式、IPS模式、或TN 模式。 〈VA模式〉 VA模式之液晶胞,其在無施加電壓時,棒狀液晶性分 子係實質地配向成垂直。 VA模式之液晶胞係包括:除了(丨)棒狀液晶性分子 在無施加電壓時使其實質地垂直配向,在施加電壓時則使 其實質地水平配向之狹義的VA模式之液晶胞(揭示於曰 -101 - 200813500 本發明專利特開平第2 — i 76625號公報)之外;加上(2 ) 爲擴大視角而將VA模式加以多域化之(1^¥人模式之)液 晶胞(揭示於 SID 97,Digest of Tech· Papers (預稿集) 28 ( 1 997年)第845頁);(3 )將棒狀液晶性分子在無施 加電壓時使其實質地垂直配向,在施加電壓時則使其扭轉 多域配向之模式(n-ASM模式)之液晶胞(揭示於日本液 晶討論會之預稿集 5 8至 5 9 ( 1 9 9 8年));以及(4 ) SURVAIVAL模式之液晶胞(發表於LCD INTERNATIONAL φ 98)。 〈OCB模式〉 〇CB模式之液晶胞,係將棒狀液晶性分子使其液晶胞 之上部與下部實質地成相反方向(對稱性)加以配向之彎 曲配向模式之液晶胞。 使用彎曲配向模式液晶胞之液晶顯示裝置係揭示於美 國發明專利第45 83 8 25號、美國發明專利第541 0422號之 各說明書中。由於棒狀液晶性分子係使其液晶胞之上部與 ^ 下部予以對稱配向,因此彎曲配向模式之液晶胞即具有自 光學補償功能。 因此,該液晶模式也被稱爲〇CB(Optically Compensatory Bend)液晶模式。彎曲配向模式之液晶顯示裝置係具有應答 速度迅速之優點。 〈IPS模式〉 IPS模式之液晶胞,其棒狀液晶分子係對基板使其實質 地平行配向,且經施加平行於基板面之電場,液晶分子即 -102- 200813500 將以平面性地應答。IP S模式係在無施加電場狀態即呈黑顯 示,且上下一對偏光板之透射軸係呈正交。一種使用光學 補償膜以減少在斜向之黑顯示時的漏光以改良視角之方法 ,其係揭示於日本發明專利特開平第1 0 - 5 4 9 8 2號公報、日 本發明專利特開平第1 1 -202323號公報、日本發明專利特 開平第9-292522號公報、日本發明專利特開平第1 1β 1 3 3408號公報、日本發明專利特開平第1 1 -3052 1 7號公報 、日本發明專利特開平第1 0 _ 3 0 7 2 9 1號公報等。 • 〈 TN模式〉 在TN模式之液晶胞,在無施加電壓時其棒狀液晶性 分子係使其實質地水平配向,並且以60至1 20°加以扭轉 配向。 TN模式之液晶胞係作爲彩色TFT液晶顯示裝置來利用 最多’且已揭示於許多文獻中。Further, the polarizing plate is composed of a polarizing film and at least two transparent protective films disposed on both sides of the polarizing film. Further, the liquid crystal cell as described above sandwiches the liquid crystal between the two electrode substrates. In the optical compensation film of the present invention, one piece is disposed between the liquid crystal cell and one side of the polarizing plate, or two pieces are disposed between the liquid crystal cell and the polarizing plate. The polarizing plate of the present invention is used as at least one of two polarizing plates disposed on both sides of a liquid crystal cell. In this case, the polarizing plate of the present invention should be disposed such that its optical compensation film is located on the liquid crystal cell side. The liquid crystal cell is preferably in VA mode, OCB mode, IPS mode, or TN mode. <VA mode> In the liquid crystal cell of the VA mode, when the voltage is not applied, the rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are substantially aligned vertically. The liquid crystal cell system of the VA mode includes a liquid crystal cell of a VA mode in which a (棒) rod-like liquid crystal molecule is substantially vertically aligned when no voltage is applied, and a substantially horizontal alignment is applied when a voltage is applied (disclosed in 曰) -101 - 200813500, the present invention is in addition to the Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 2-i 76625; and (2) a multi-domain (1^¥ human mode) liquid crystal cell for expanding the viewing angle (disclosed in SID 97, Digest of Tech· Papers (Pre-Collection) 28 (1999), p. 845); (3) The rod-like liquid crystalline molecules are substantially vertically aligned when no voltage is applied, and when voltage is applied The liquid crystal cell that reverses the multi-domain alignment mode (n-ASM mode) (disclosed in the Japanese Liquid Crystal Symposium's pre-collections 5 8 to 59 (19.9)); and (4) the liquid crystal cell of the SURVAIVAL mode (published in LCD INTERNATIONAL φ 98). <OCB mode> The liquid crystal cell of the CB mode is a liquid crystal cell in which the rod-like liquid crystal molecules are arranged such that the upper and lower portions of the liquid crystal cell are substantially aligned in the opposite direction (symmetry). A liquid crystal display device using a curved alignment mode liquid crystal cell is disclosed in the specification of U.S. Patent No. 45 83 8 25 and U.S. Patent No. 541 0422. Since the rod-like liquid crystal molecule system symmetrically aligns the upper portion of the liquid crystal cell with the lower portion of the liquid crystal cell, the liquid crystal cell in the curved alignment mode has a self-optical compensation function. Therefore, this liquid crystal mode is also referred to as an ptCB (Optically Compensatory Bend) liquid crystal mode. The liquid crystal display device in the curved alignment mode has the advantage of a fast response speed. <IPS mode> In the IPS mode liquid crystal cell, the rod-like liquid crystal molecules are substantially aligned parallel to the substrate, and the liquid crystal molecules, i.e., -102-200813500, will respond in a planar manner by applying an electric field parallel to the substrate surface. The IP S mode is black when no electric field is applied, and the transmission axes of the upper and lower polarizing plates are orthogonal. A method of using an optical compensation film to reduce light leakage in an oblique black display to improve a viewing angle, which is disclosed in Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 10 - 5 4 9 8 2, Japanese Patent No. 1 Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei 9-292522, Japanese Laid-Open Patent Publication No. Hei No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. No. Hei. Japanese Patent Laid-Open No. 1 0 _ 3 0 7 2 9 1 and the like. • <TN mode> In the liquid crystal cell of the TN mode, the rod-like liquid crystal molecules are substantially horizontally aligned when no voltage is applied, and are twisted and aligned at 60 to 12°. The liquid crystal cell of the TN mode is utilized most as a color TFT liquid crystal display device and has been disclosed in many documents.

若根據本發明,則可提供一種藉由以一片光學補償膜 不僅是正面也嚴密地實施在斜向之光學補償,可減少在視 角方向的著色之光學補償膜,尤其是VA、IPS和OCB模式 用之光學補償膜,及使用其之偏光板。 另外,若根據本發明,則可提供一種藉由不僅是正面 也嚴密地實施在斜向之光學補償,可減少在視角方向的著 色之液晶顯示裝置,尤其是VA、IPS和OCB模式之液晶顯 不裝置。 《實施例〉〉 以下,就本發明之實施例加以說明,但是本發明並不 -103-According to the present invention, it is possible to provide an optical compensation film which can reduce coloring in the viewing angle direction by an optical compensation film which is not only front side but also strictly in the oblique direction, in particular, VA, IPS and OCB modes. An optical compensation film for use, and a polarizing plate using the same. In addition, according to the present invention, it is possible to provide a liquid crystal display device capable of reducing coloring in the viewing angle direction by performing optical compensation in an oblique direction not only on the front side but also in the VA, IPS, and OCB modes. Not installed. <<Embodiment> Hereinafter, an embodiment of the present invention will be described, but the present invention is not -103-

200813500 受限於此等實施例。' 〔實施例1〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中, 拌使各成份溶解,以調製纖維素三乙酸酯 素:TAC)溶液。 另外,對於如下所示之結構式(A )之 最大吸收波長Xmax係如表3所示。 (材料•溶劑組成) • 纖維素乙酸酯(取代度爲2.8 1、乙 醯化度爲60.2%) • 磷酸三苯酯(塑化劑) • 磷酸聯苯基二苯酯(塑化劑) • 二氯甲烷(第一溶劑) ' • 甲醇(第二溶劑) • 如下所示結構式(A )所示之Rth 上升劑 一面加熱一面攪 (三乙醯基纖維 化合物所測定之 100質量份 6.5質量份 5.2質量份 633質量份 9 5質量份 3質量份 -104- 200813500200813500 is limited to these embodiments. [Example 1] <Production of Optical Compensation Film> <Production of Transparent Support> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, and each component was mixed to dissolve cellulose triacetate. :TAC) solution. Further, the maximum absorption wavelength Xmax of the structural formula (A) shown below is shown in Table 3. (Material • Solvent composition) • Cellulose acetate (degree of substitution 2.8 1 , degree of acetylation 60.2%) • Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) • Biphenyl diphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) • Dichloromethane (first solvent) ' • Methanol (second solvent) • The Rth rising agent shown in the structural formula (A) shown below is heated while stirring (100 parts by mass of 6.5 as determined by triethylenesulfonyl fiber compound) Parts by mass 5.2 parts by mass 633 parts by mass 9 5 parts by mass 3 parts by mass -104- 200813500

將所製得之溶液(塗液)使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度 爲65 m之帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲 4(TC後乾燥1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以140°C之乾燥風 乾燥30分鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮發份爲20%時之 平均乾燥速度爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其後,則將該膜在190 °C 之溫度條件下,施加140%之單軸向延伸以製得透明支撐體 。另外,所使用的醯化纖維素膜之Tg爲148 °C。所製得之 透明支撐體之厚度爲90μιη。 〈Re和Rth之測定〉 所製得之透明支撐體,其在25°C、55%RH之環境下調 濕2小時後之光學特性,則根據在前文所述之方法,以 KOBRA 2 1ADH (王子計測器股份有限公司製造)測定在波 長爲4 5 〇 n m、5 5 0 n m和6 3 0 n m的該支撐體之R e和R t h。 其測定結果如表2所示。 〈Re和Rth之濕度相依性(ARe、ARth)之測定〉 所製得之透明支撐體,其在25°C、10%RH、及25°C、 80%RH之環境下調濕2小時後之光學特性,則根據在前文 -105- 200813500 所述之方法,以KOBRA 21 ADH (王子計測器股份有限公司 製造)測定在波長爲5 50 nm的該支撐體之Re和Rth。然 後,根據所測定之結果,設定 ARe = Re ( 25°C、l〇%RH) —Re ( 25°C、80%RH )、及 ARth = Rth ( 2 5 °C、l〇%RH )—The prepared solution (coating liquid) was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. The film surface temperature on the belt was 4 (TC was dried for 1 minute, then peeled off, and then dried by drying air at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, when the solvent volatile content in the film was 20% The average drying speed was 1.5% by mass/min. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a uniaxial extension of 140% at a temperature of 190 ° C to obtain a transparent support. The Tg of the film was 148 ° C. The thickness of the transparent support obtained was 90 μm. <Measurement of Re and Rth> The transparent support prepared was humidity-conditioned at 25 ° C, 55% RH for 2 hours. The latter optical characteristics were measured at KOBRA 2 1ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Instruments Co., Ltd.) at the wavelengths of 4 5 〇nm, 550 nm, and 630 nm according to the method described in the foregoing. R e and R th. The measurement results are shown in Table 2. <Measurement of Humidity Dependence of Re and Rth (ARe, ARth)> The obtained transparent support was at 25 ° C, 10% RH, and The optical characteristics after conditioning for 2 hours in an environment of 25 ° C and 80% RH, according to the method described in the above -105-200813500, to KO BRA 21 ADH (manufactured by Oji Scientific Co., Ltd.) measures Re and Rth of the support at a wavelength of 5 50 nm. Then, based on the measured result, ARe = Re (25 ° C, l〇% RH) is set. —Re ( 25°C, 80%RH ), and ARth = Rth ( 2 5 °C, l〇%RH )—

Rth ( 25°C、80%RH)所計算得之値係如表3所示。 〈配向度P之測定〉The enthalpy calculated by Rth (25 ° C, 80% RH) is shown in Table 3. <Measurement of the degree of orientation P>

測定所製得之透明支撐體之配向度。具體而言,以單 結晶X射線繞射裝置(RAPID R-AXIS,理學電機工業股份 有限公司製造),且X射線源則使用CuKa線,並以40 kV-3 6 mA產生X射線。準直管爲0.8 mm 0,該支撐體係 使用透射試料台加以固定。另外,曝光時間係設定爲600 秒鐘。經使用該單結晶X射線繞射裝置所量測之配向度係 如表3所示。 〈皂化處理〉 在所製得之透明支撐體之帶面側塗布10 mL/m2之1.0N 氫氧化鉀溶液(溶劑:水/異丙醇/丙二醇 =69.2質量份/15 質量份/15.8質量份),在約40°C之狀態下保持30秒鐘後 ,刮除鹼液,並以純水水洗,然後以氣刀吹除水滴。其後 ,則在l〇〇°C乾燥15秒鐘。經測定支撐體處理面對於純水 的接觸角結果,則爲42° 。 〈〈配向膜之製造〉〉 在該支撐體上,使用#16線棒塗布機以28 mL/m2塗布 如下所示組成之配向膜塗布液。以60 °C溫風乾燥60秒鐘, 再以90°C溫風乾燥150秒鐘,以製得配向膜。 -10 6- 200813500 (配向膜塗布液組成) 1 〇質量份 3 7 1質量份 1 1 9質量份 0.5質量份 0.35質量份 •以如下所示結構式(B)所示之改 質聚乙烯醇 • 水 • 甲醇 • 戊二醛(交聯劑) • 檸檬酸酯(AS3,三協化學股份有The degree of alignment of the obtained transparent support was measured. Specifically, a single crystal X-ray diffraction device (RAPID R-AXIS, manufactured by Rigaku Motor Co., Ltd.) was used, and an X-ray source used a CuKa line to generate X-rays at 40 kV - 3 6 mA. The collimating tube is 0.8 mm 0 and the support system is fixed using a transmission sample stage. In addition, the exposure time is set to 600 seconds. The alignment measured by using the single crystal X-ray diffraction apparatus is shown in Table 3. <Saponification treatment> 10 mL/m 2 of a 1.0 N potassium hydroxide solution was applied to the belt side of the obtained transparent support (solvent: water / isopropanol / propylene glycol = 69.2 parts by mass / 15 parts by mass / 15.8 parts by mass) After holding for about 30 seconds at about 40 ° C, the lye was scraped off, washed with pure water, and then water droplets were blown off with an air knife. Thereafter, it was dried at 10 ° C for 15 seconds. The contact angle of the support treated surface with respect to pure water was determined to be 42°. <Manufacture of alignment film> On the support, an alignment film coating liquid having the composition shown below was applied at 28 mL/m 2 using a #16 wire bar coater. It was dried at 60 ° C for 60 seconds, and then dried at 90 ° C for 150 seconds to obtain an alignment film. -10 6- 200813500 (composition of alignment film coating liquid) 1 〇 parts by mass 3 7 1 part by mass 1 1 9 parts by mass 0.5 parts by mass 0.35 parts by mass • Modified polyvinyl alcohol represented by the following structural formula (B) • Water • Methanol • Glutaraldehyde (crosslinking agent) • Citric acid ester (AS3, Sanxie Chemical Co., Ltd.

P艮公司(Sankyo Chemical Industry Co·,Ltd.)公司製造) OH ' 0-CO:GHa . ' .. —(CHZ/2¾ 結構式(B) 在25 °C乾燥60秒鐘,在60 °C溫風乾燥60秒鐘,且再 在9 0°C溫風乾燥150秒鐘。乾燥後之配向膜厚度爲Ι.ΐμπι 。另外,配向膜之表面粗糙度以原子間力顯微鏡(AFM : Atomic Force Microscope、SPI3800N、Seiko Instrument ( 股)公司製造)測定結果,則爲1 .1 4 7 nm。 〈〈光學異方向性層之形成〉〉 在400.0質量份之甲基乙基酮溶解1〇〇質量份之如下 所示結構式(C )所示之碟狀液晶化合物、0.4質量份之以 •107- 200813500 如下所示結構式(D )所示之空氣界面配向控制劑、3質量 份之光聚合引發劑(Irgacure 907、汽巴精化(Ciba-Geigy )公司製造)、1質量份之增感劑(Kayacure DETX、曰本 化藥股份有限公司(Nippon Kay aku Co.,Ltd·)公司製造) 以調製塗布液。.Manufactured by Sankyo Chemical Industry Co., Ltd.) OH ' 0-CO:GHa . ' .. —(CHZ/23⁄4 Structural Formula (B) Dry at 25 °C for 60 seconds at 60 °C It was dried by warm air for 60 seconds, and then dried at 90 ° C for 150 seconds. The thickness of the alignment film after drying was Ι.ΐμπι. In addition, the surface roughness of the alignment film was analyzed by atomic force microscopy (AFM: Atomic Force). The results of Microscope, SPI3800N, and Seiko Instrument (manufactured by Seiko Instruments Co., Ltd.) are 1.47 7 nm. <Formation of optical anisotropic layer> Dissolve 1 〇〇 mass in 400.0 parts by mass of methyl ethyl ketone. The disc-like liquid crystal compound represented by the structural formula (C) shown below, 0.4 parts by mass of the air interface alignment controlling agent represented by the structural formula (D) shown below, and the photopolymerization of 3 parts by mass Initiator (Irgacure 907, manufactured by Ciba-Geigy Co., Ltd.), and 1 part by mass of sensitizer (Kayacure DETX, manufactured by Nippon Kay aku Co., Ltd.) To prepare a coating solution.

以#2.0線棒在如上所述之配向膜上塗布塗布液。將其 貼附在金屬框,並在120°C恆溫槽中加熱90秒鐘,以使碟 狀液晶化合物配向。 其次,則在80°C使用120 W/cm高壓水銀燈照射1分 鐘之紫外線,以使碟狀液晶化合物聚合。其後,.則自然冷 卻至室溫。藉此,在如上所述之支撐體上隔著配向膜而形 成光學異方向性層,以製得光學補償膜。The coating liquid was applied onto the alignment film as described above using a #2.0 wire rod. It was attached to a metal frame and heated in a 120 ° C thermostat bath for 90 seconds to align the discotic liquid crystal compound. Next, ultraviolet rays were irradiated for 1 minute at 120 ° C using a 120 W/cm high-pressure mercury lamp to polymerize the discotic liquid crystal compound. Thereafter, it naturally cools to room temperature. Thereby, an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the support as described above via the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film.

0、Ν 結構式(C)0, Ν structural formula (C)

NH-RNH-R

R-NH R=R-NH R=

OC12H25 /OC12H?5OC12H25 / OC12H? 5

NH-R 結構式(D) 〈〈光學異方向性層之光學特性測定〉〉 在玻璃上以與上述相同的方式製造配向膜’並在其配 向膜上形成光學異方向性層,然後使用K〇BRA 21ADH以 -108- 200813500 5 50 nm波長之光測定Re ( 5 5 0 ),結果則爲30 nm。 另外,使用KOBRA 21ADH以450 nm與650 nm波長 之光測定遲滯比,結果R e ( 4 5 / R e ( 6 5 〇 )則爲1 . 1 5。另外 ,測定光學異方向性層之厚度,結果則爲0.8 μπι。 在使碟狀液晶化合物之指向器平行配向於面內之2μιη 玻璃胞中,將如上所示結構式(C )所示之碟狀液晶化合物 一面加熱一面注入,並放置2分鐘。NH-R Structural Formula (D) <Measurement of Optical Properties of Optically Irregular Layer> On the glass, an alignment film is produced in the same manner as described above and an optically anisotropic layer is formed on the alignment film, and then K is used. 〇BRA 21ADH measures Re ( 5 5 0 ) with a wavelength of -108- 200813500 5 50 nm, and the result is 30 nm. In addition, the hysteresis ratio was measured by light of 450 nm and 650 nm using KOBRA 21ADH, and the result was R e ( 4 5 / R e ( 6 5 〇) was 1.15. In addition, the thickness of the optically anisotropic layer was measured, The result is 0.8 μm. The discotic liquid crystal compound represented by the structural formula (C) shown above is injected while placing the director of the discotic liquid crystal compound in parallel in the in-plane 2 μιη glass cell, and is placed 2 minute.

使用KOBRA 2 1ADH以5 5 0 nm波長之光測定遲滯値 Re_m ( 5 5 〇 ),結果則爲2 3 5 nm。由於胞間隙爲2 μπι,因此 Re__m(55〇)/d 之値則爲 0.118。 〔實施例2〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中,一面加熱一面攪 拌 y 使各成份溶解, 以調製纖維素三 乙酸酯 (三 乙 醯 基 維 素 :TAC ) 溶 液。 ( 材料· 溶 劑 組 成) • 纖 維 素 乙 酸酯 ( 取 代 度爲2.8 7、 乙 100 質 量 份 醯 化 度 爲 6 0.9% ) • 磷 酸 三 苯 酯( 塑 化 劑 ) 6.5 質 量 份 • 磷 酸 聯 苯 基二 苯 酯 ( 塑化劑) 5.2 質 量 份 • 二 氯 甲 院 (第 一 溶 劑 ) 630 質 量 份 • 甲 醇 ( 第 二溶 劑 ) 95 質 量 份 • 以 如 上 所 示結 構 式 ( A )所示之 Rth 2.5 質 量 份 上 升 劑 -109- 200813500 將所製得之塗液使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度爲65 m之 帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲40°C後乾燥 1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以140°C之乾燥風乾燥30分 鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮發份爲20%時之平均乾燥 速度爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其後,則將該膜在185 °C之溫度條 件下,施加150%之單軸向延伸以製得透明支撐體。另外, 所使用的醯化纖維素膜之Tg爲149°C。所製得之透明支撐 體之厚度爲8 5 μ Hi。The hysteresis 値 Re_m ( 5 5 〇 ) was measured using a KOBRA 2 1ADH with a wavelength of 550 nm, and the result was 2 3 5 nm. Since the interstitial space is 2 μπι, the Re of Re__m(55〇)/d is 0.118. [Example 2] <Production of optical compensation film> <Production of transparent support> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, and while stirring, y was dissolved while heating to prepare a cellulose triacetate. Acid ester (triethylene oxazide: TAC) solution. (Materials · Solvent composition) • Cellulose acetate (degree of substitution 2.8 7 , 100 parts by mass of hexamidine 6 6%) • Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 6.5 parts by mass • Biphenyl phosphate Phenyl ester (plasticizer) 5.2 parts by mass • Dichlorocarbyl (first solvent) 630 parts by mass • Methanol (second solvent) 95 parts by mass • Rth 2.5 parts by mass as shown in the above formula (A) Riser -109- 200813500 The prepared coating liquid was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. After the film surface temperature on the belt was 40 ° C, it was dried for 1 minute, and then peeled off, followed by drying at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, the average drying speed at a solvent volatile content of 20% in the film was 1.5% by mass/min. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a uniaxial extension of 150% at a temperature of 185 ° C to obtain a transparent support. Further, the Tg of the cellulose film used had a Tg of 149 °C. The resulting transparent support has a thickness of 8 5 μ Hi.

就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化( saP〇nificati〇n)處理後,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形 成光學異方向性層,以製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例3〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中,一面加熱一面攪 拌’使各成份溶解,以調製纖維素三乙酸酯(三乙醯基纖 維素:TAC )溶液。 (材料•溶劑組成) •纖維素乙酸酯(取代度爲2.81、乙 1〇〇質量份 \ 醯化度爲60.2%) 6.5質量份 • 磷酸三苯酯(塑化劑) -1 1 0 - 200813500 • 磷酸聯苯基二苯酯(塑化劑) 5.2質量份 • 二氯甲烷(第一溶劑) 6 3 9質量份 •甲醇(第二溶劑) 96質量份 •以如上所示結構式(A )所示之Rti! 4.0質量份 上升劑For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. <Formation of optical anisotropic layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film. To produce an optical compensation film. [Example 3] <Production of optical compensation film> <Production of transparent support> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, and while being heated, the mixture was stirred to dissolve the components to prepare cellulose triacetate. A solution of an acid ester (triethyl fluorenyl cellulose: TAC). (Material • Solvent composition) • Cellulose acetate (degree of substitution 2.81, E 1 〇〇 mass fraction / 醯 degree 60.2%) 6.5 parts by mass • Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) -1 1 0 - 200813500 • Biphenyldiphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 5.2 parts by mass • Dichloromethane (first solvent) 6 3 9 parts by mass • Methanol (second solvent) 96 parts by mass • Structure as shown above (A ) Rti! 4.0 parts by mass riser

將所製得之塗液使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度爲65 m之 帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲4(TC後乾燥 1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以1 4 0 °C之乾燥風乾燥3 0分 鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮發份爲2 〇 %時之平均乾燥 速度爲1 .5質量%/分鐘。其後,則將該膜在2〇〇t之溫度條 件下,以140%施加單軸向延伸以製造透明支撐體,並將其 作爲光學補償膜。另外,所使用的醯化纖維素膜之Tg爲 14 9°C。所製得之透明支撐體(光學補償膜)之厚度爲 9 5 μπι 〇 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〔實施例4〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 將以與實施例1相同組成所調製之塗液使用具有寬度 爲2 m、長度爲65 m之帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜 面溫度成爲40°C後乾燥1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以 140°C之乾燥風乾燥30分鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮 發份爲20%時之平均乾燥速度,則爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其 -111- 200813500 後,則將該膜在180°C之溫度條件下,施加110%之單軸向 延伸以製得透明支撐體。另外,所使用的醯化纖維素膜之 Tg爲148°C。另外,所製得之透明支撐體之厚度爲90μιη。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 Φ 製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例5〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉The prepared coating liquid was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. The film surface temperature on the belt was 4 (TC was dried for 1 minute, then stripped, and then dried by drying air at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, the solvent volatile matter in the film was 2 The average drying speed at 〇% was 1.5 mass%/min. Thereafter, the film was uniaxially stretched at 140% under a temperature of 2 Torr to produce a transparent support, and As an optical compensation film, the Tg of the cellulose-deposited film used was 14 9 ° C. The transparent support (optical compensation film) obtained was a transparent support having a thickness of 9 5 μm. The Re and Rth, the humidity dependence, and the orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3. [Example 4] <Production of Optical Compensation Film> <Manufacture of Transparent Support> The coating liquid prepared in the same composition as in Example 1 was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. After the film surface temperature on the belt was 40 ° C, it was dried for 1 minute, and then subjected to After stripping, it was dried by drying at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, the solvent volatile matter in the film was The average drying speed at 20% is 1.5% by mass/min. After -111-200813500, the film is applied with a uniaxial extension of 110% at a temperature of 180 ° C to obtain a transparent support. Further, the Tg of the cellulose film used was 148 ° C. Further, the thickness of the transparent support obtained was 90 μm. For the transparent support obtained, Re and Rth, humidity dependence, and And the degree of orientation P. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3. <Formation of optical anisotropic layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and An optically exclusive layer is formed on the alignment film, and an optical compensation film is obtained by Φ. [Example 5] <Manufacture of optical compensation film> <Manufacture of transparent support>

將以與實施例1相同組成所調製之塗液使用具有寬度 爲2 m、長度爲65 m之帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜 面溫度成爲4(TC後乾燥1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以 140°C之乾燥風乾燥30分鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮 發份爲20%時之平均乾燥速度,則爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其 後,則將該膜在1901之溫度條件下,施加160%之單軸向 延伸以製得透明支撐體。另外,所使用的醯化纖維素膜之 Tg爲148°C。另外,所製得之透明支撐體之厚度爲95μιη。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 -1 1 2 - 200813500 ’形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例6〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉The coating liquid prepared in the same composition as in Example 1 was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. The film surface temperature on the belt was 4 (TC was dried for 1 minute, then peeled off, and then dried by drying air at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, when the solvent volatile content in the film was 20% The average drying speed was 1.5% by mass/min. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a 160% uniaxial extension at a temperature of 1901 to prepare a transparent support. The Tg of the film was 148 ° C. Further, the thickness of the transparent support obtained was 95 μm. The Re and Rth, the humidity dependency, and the orientation P were measured for the transparent support obtained. 2 and Table 3. <Formation of optical anisotropic layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, -1 1 2 - 200813500 ', an alignment film was formed and formed on the alignment film. An optically exclusive layer is formed to obtain an optical compensation film. [Example 6] <Manufacture of optical compensation film>

&lt; ( 支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽 中 ,- -面加熱一 面 攪 拌 &gt; 使各成份溶解,以調製纖維素三 乙酸酯(三乙醯 基 纖 維 素 :TAC)溶液。 ( 材料•溶劑組成) • 纖維素乙酸酯(取代度爲2.81、 乙 1 00質量 份 醯化度爲60.2%) f • 磷酸三苯酯(塑化劑) 6.5質量 份 • 磷酸聯苯基二苯酯(塑化劑) 5.2質量 份 • 二氯甲烷(第一溶劑) 6 3 3質量 份 • 甲醇(第二溶劑) 95質量 份 • 以如上所示結構式(A )所示之 Rth 3質量 份 上升劑 將所製得之塗液使用具有寬度爲 2 m、 長度爲6 5 m 之 W 的 流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面 溫度成爲40°C後 乾 燥 1 分 鐘,剝取後,再以1 〇〇°c乾燥風乾 燥10 分鐘,以 1 4 0 °C 乾 燥 風乾燥20分鐘以製得膜。此時 在膜中溶劑揮發 份 爲 20%時之平均乾燥速度,係1.1質量%/分鐘 。其後,則 將 該 膜 在 190°C之溫度條件下,施加140%之單! 軸向延伸以 製 得 透 明 支撐體。另外,所使用的醯化纖維素膜 之T g爲 148〇C -113- 200813500 。另外,所製得之透明支撐體之厚度爲90 μιη。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ’形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例7〕&lt; (Production of Support>> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, and the mixture was heated while stirring. The components were dissolved to prepare cellulose triacetate (triethylenesulfonate). : TAC) solution (Material • Solvent composition) • Cellulose acetate (degree of substitution 2.81, B 100 醯 醯 60.2%) f • Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 6.5 parts by mass • Biphenyldiphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 5.2 parts by mass • Dichloromethane (first solvent) 6 3 3 parts by mass • Methanol (second solvent) 95 parts by mass • As shown in the above formula (A) Rth 3 parts by mass of the rising agent is shown. The coating liquid obtained is cast using a casting machine having a width of 2 m and a length of 6 5 m. The film surface temperature on the belt is 40 ° C and then dried. After 1 minute, after stripping, it was dried in a dry air at 1 ° ° C for 10 minutes, and dried in a dry air at 140 ° C for 20 minutes to obtain a film. At this time, the average of the solvent volatiles in the film was 20%. Drying speed, 1.1 quality %/min. Thereafter, the film was applied at a temperature of 190 ° C, 140% of a single! axial extension to obtain a transparent support. In addition, the T g of the cellulose film used was made. The thickness of the transparent support thus obtained was 90 μm. The transparent support thus obtained was measured for Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P. As shown in Table 2 and Table 3. <Formation of optical anisotropic layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, 'the alignment film was formed, and optical anisotropy was formed on the alignment film. Layer to obtain an optical compensation film. [Example 7]

〈光學補償膜之製造〉 &lt;〈支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中,一面加熱一面攪 拌’使各成份溶解,以調製CAP (纖維素乙酸-丙酸酯)溶 液。 (材料•溶劑組成) • 纖維素乙酸-丙酸酯(乙醯基取代度 100質量份 爲2.8 1、丙醯基取代度爲〇 · 6 8、總 取代度爲2.57、乙醯化度爲57.1% 以如下所示結構式(E ) 所示之化 5質量份 合物 以如下所示結構式(F ) 所示之化 5質量份 合物 二氯甲烷(第一溶劑) 3 9 2質量份 甲醇(第二溶劑) 54質量份 • 114- 200813500 • 以如上所示結構式(A )所示之Rth 2質量份 上升劑 0 I! 71¾ 师 〇, :01¾ 賺 〇· 〇 結構式(E)<Manufacture of Optical Compensation Film> &lt;Production of Support>> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, and stirred while heating to dissolve each component to prepare CAP (cellulose acetate-propionate) ) solution. (Material • Solvent composition) • Cellulose acetate-propionate (the substitution degree of ethyl ketone is 100 parts by mass of 2.8, the degree of substitution of propyl ketone is 〇·6 8, the total degree of substitution is 2.57, and the degree of acetylation is 57.1. % by mass of 5 parts by mass represented by the structural formula (E) shown below, as shown in the following formula (F), 5 parts by mass of dichloromethane (first solvent), 392 parts by mass Methanol (second solvent) 54 parts by mass • 114- 200813500 • Rth 2 parts by mass as shown in the above formula (A), rising agent 0 I! 713⁄4 〇, : 013⁄4 〇 〇 〇 〇 (E)

&lt;^讎9·❹麵《€«士鑛 OICHife 一 隹 Q 裏&lt;^雠9·❹面“€«士矿 OICHife 一 隹 Q

H II 0 0 結構式(F) 將所製得之塗液流延在玻璃板上,在室溫乾燥1分鐘 後,在70 °c乾燥6分鐘。由玻璃板剝離所製得之纖維素丙 酸酯膜,並在140 °c乾燥30分鐘。經乾燥之膜,則在130°c Φ 溫度條件下施加130%之自由端單軸向延伸以製得支撐體。 所製得之膜的膜厚爲80μηι。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 -115- 200813500 〔實施例8〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中,一面加熱一面攪 拌’使各成份溶解,以調製纖維素三乙酸酯 維素:TAC )溶液。 (材料•溶劑組成) (三乙醯基 • 纖維素乙酸酯(取代度爲2.8 1、乙 醯化度爲60.2%) 100質量份 • 間-羥基苯甲酸 1 0質量份 • 二氯甲院(第一溶劑) 6 1 4質量份 • 甲醇(第二溶劑) 92質量份 • 以如上所示結構式(A )所示之Rth 上升劑 3質量份 將所製得之溶液(塗液)使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度 爲65 m之帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲 ^ 40°C後乾燥1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以140°C之乾燥風 乾燥3〇分鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮發份爲20%時之 平均乾燥速度爲1· 5質量%/分鐘。其後,則將該膜在190 °C 之溫度條件下,施加140%之單軸向延伸以製得透明支撐體 。另外,所使用的醯化纖維素膜之Tg爲146 °C。所製得之 透明支撐體之厚度爲80μιη。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 -116- 200813500 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例9〕 „ 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 以與實施例1相同之製造方法製造光學補償膜。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 φ 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例1 〇〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 將以與實施例8相同的條件製造所獲得之溶液(塗液 ^ )使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度爲65 m之帶的流延機實施流 延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲4 0 °C後乾燥1分鐘,然後予以 剝取後,再以140 °C之乾燥風乾燥30分鐘以製造膜。此時 在膜中溶劑揮發份爲20%時之平均乾燥速度爲15質量%/ 分鐘。其後,則將該膜在200°C之溫度條件下,施加140% 之單軸向延伸以製得透明支撐體。另外,所使用的醯化纖 維素膜之Tg爲146°C。所製得之透明支撐體之厚度爲80μιη 200813500 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例1 1〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉H II 0 0 Structural Formula (F) The prepared coating liquid was cast on a glass plate, dried at room temperature for 1 minute, and then dried at 70 ° C for 6 minutes. The obtained cellulose propionate film was peeled off from a glass plate and dried at 140 ° C for 30 minutes. The dried film was subjected to a 130% free end uniaxial extension at a temperature of 130 ° C Φ to obtain a support. The film thickness of the obtained film was 80 μm. For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. <Formation of Optical Isotropic Layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film. -115-200813500 [Example 8] <Production of optical compensation film> <Production of support> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank and stirred while being heated to dissolve the components to prepare the fiber. Triacetate vitamin: TAC) solution. (Material • Solvent composition) (Triethylene sulfhydryl • Cellulose acetate (degree of substitution 2.8 1 , acetylation degree 60.2%) 100 parts by mass • 10 parts by mass of m-hydroxybenzoic acid • Dichlorocarbyl (first solvent) 6 1 4 parts by mass • Methanol (second solvent) 92 parts by mass • The solution (coating liquid) used is prepared by using 3 parts by mass of the Rth rising agent represented by the structural formula (A) shown above. The casting machine having a belt width of 2 m and a length of 65 m is cast. The film surface temperature on the belt is dried at 40 ° C for 1 minute, then stripped, and dried at 140 ° C. The film was dried for 3 minutes to form a film. At this time, the average drying speed at a solvent volatile content of 20% in the film was 1.5% by mass/minute. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a temperature of 190 ° C. A 140% uniaxial extension was applied to obtain a transparent support. In addition, the Tg of the cellulose film used had a Tg of 146 ° C. The thickness of the transparent support produced was 80 μm. The support was measured for Re and Rth, humidity dependence, and orientation P. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. -116- 2 00813500 <Formation of optical anisotropic layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film. [Example 9] „ <Production of optical compensation film> An optical compensation film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1. The Re and Rth, the humidity dependency φ, and the alignment degree were measured for the obtained transparent support. P. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3. <Formation of Optical Isotropic Layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed and on the alignment film. An optically exclusive layer was formed to obtain an optical compensation film. [Example 1 〇] <Production of Optical Compensation Film> The obtained solution (coating liquid ^) was produced under the same conditions as in Example 8 to have a width of The casting machine with a length of 2 m and a length of 65 m is cast. After the film surface temperature on the belt is 40 ° C, it is dried for 1 minute, then stripped, and then dried by drying air at 140 ° C. Minutes to make the film. At this time The average drying speed at a solvent volatile content of 20% in the film was 15% by mass/minute. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a uniaxial extension of 140% at a temperature of 200 ° C to obtain a transparent support. In addition, the Tg of the cellulose film used was 146 ° C. The thickness of the transparent support obtained was 80 μm 200813500, and the transparent support prepared was measured for Re and Rth, humidity dependence, and alignment. The results are shown in Table 2 and Table 3. <Formation of Optical Isotropic Layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and the alignment film was formed. An optically anisotropic layer is formed thereon to produce an optical compensation film. [Example 1 1] <Manufacture of optical compensation film>

以與實施例1 〇相同之製造方法製造光學補償膜。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔實施例1 2〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 以與實施例4相同之製造方法製造光學補償膜。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 -118- 200813500 〔比較例1〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中,一面加熱一面攪 拌’使各成份溶解,以調製纖維素三乙酸酯 維素:TAC )溶液。 (材料•溶劑組成) (三乙醯基 • 纖維素乙酸酯(取代度爲2.8 1、乙 醯化度爲60.2% ) 1 0 0質量份 • 磷酸三苯酯(塑化劑) 6.5質量份 • 磷酸聯苯基二苯酯(塑化劑) 5.2質量份 • 二氯甲烷(第一溶劑) 6 1 7質量份 • 甲醇(第二溶劑) 93質量份An optical compensation film was produced in the same manner as in Example 1 . For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. <Formation of Optical Isotropic Layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film. [Example 1 2] <Manufacture of optical compensation film> An optical compensation film was produced in the same manner as in the production method of Example 4. For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. <Formation of Optical Isotropic Layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film. -118-200813500 [Comparative Example 1] <Production of Optical Compensation Film> <Production of Transparent Support> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, and stirred while being heated to dissolve each component to prepare Cellulose triacetate (TAC) solution. (Material • Solvent composition) (Triethylene sulfhydryl • Cellulose acetate (degree of substitution 2.8 1 , acetylation degree 60.2% ) 1 0 0 parts by mass • Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 6.5 parts by mass • Biphenyldiphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 5.2 parts by mass • Dichloromethane (first solvent) 6 1 7 parts by mass • Methanol (second solvent) 93 parts by mass

將所製得之塗液使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度爲65 m之 帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲40 °C後乾燥 1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以140°C之乾燥風乾燥30分 鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮發份爲20%時之平均乾燥 速度爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其後,則將該膜在190°C之溫度條 件下,施加140%之單軸向延伸以製得透明支撐體。另外, 所使用的醯化纖維素膜之Tg爲148°C。作製尨透明支撐 體之厚度爲90μπι。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 -119- 200813500 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔比較例2〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中,一面加熱一面攪 拌,使各成份溶解,以調製纖維素三乙酸酯(三乙醯基纖 0維素:TAC )溶液。 (材料•溶劑I且成) 纖維素乙酸酯(取代度爲2.8 1、乙 醯化度爲60.2%) 1〇〇質量份 磷酸三苯酯(塑化劑) 6.5質量份 磷酸聯苯基二苯酯(塑化劑) 5.2質量份 二氯甲烷(第一溶劑) 6 1 7質量份 甲醇(第二溶劑) 93質量份 以如上所示結構式(A )所示之Rth 上升劑 2.5質量份The prepared coating liquid was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. After the film surface temperature at the belt was 40 ° C, it was dried for 1 minute, and then peeled off, followed by drying at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, the average drying speed at a solvent volatile content of 20% in the film was 1.5% by mass/min. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a uniaxial extension of 140% under a temperature condition of 190 ° C to obtain a transparent support. Further, the Tg of the cellulose film used had a Tg of 148 °C. The thickness of the transparent support is 90 μm. For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. <Formation of Optical Anisotropic Layer> -119- 200813500 After the saponification treatment was applied to the support in the same manner as in Example 1, an alignment film was formed, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain Optical compensation film. [Comparative Example 2] <Production of Optical Compensation Film> <Production of Transparent Support> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, stirred while being heated, and the components were dissolved to prepare cellulose triacetate. A solution of an acid ester (triethyl fluorenyl cellulose 0-dimensional: TAC). (Material • Solvent I and formed) Cellulose acetate (degree of substitution 2.8 1 , degree of acetylation is 60.2%) 1 part by mass of triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) 6.5 parts by mass of biphenyl phosphate Benzyl ester (plasticizer) 5.2 parts by mass of dichloromethane (first solvent) 6 1 7 parts by mass of methanol (second solvent) 93 parts by mass of 2.5 parts by mass of the Rth rising agent represented by the structural formula (A) shown above

將所製得之塗液使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度爲6 5 m之 帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲40°C後乾燥 1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以1 4 0 °C之乾燥風乾燥3 0分 鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮發份爲20%時之平均乾燥 速度爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其後,則將該膜在15 0°C之溫度條 件下’施加120%之單軸向延伸以製得透明支撐體。另外, -120- 200813500 所使用的醯化纖維素膜之Tg爲148它。所製得之透明支撐 體之厚度爲90μιη。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ’形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 鲁〔比較例3〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 將如下所示之組成物裝入混合槽中,一面加熱一面攪 拌,使各成份溶解,以調製纖維素三乙酸酯(三乙醯基纖 維素:TAC )溶液。 另外,對如下所示之結構式(E )之化合物所測得之最 大吸收波長Xmax係如表3所示。 φ (材料•溶劑組成) 100 質 量 份 6.5 質 纛 份 5.2 質 纛 份 617 質 纛 份 93 質 纛 份 10 質 纛 份 • 纖維素乙酸酯(取代度爲2.8 1、乙 醯化度爲60.2%) • 磷酸三苯酯(塑化劑) •磷酸聯苯基二苯酯(塑化劑) • 二氯甲烷(第一溶劑) • 甲醇(第二溶劑) • 以如下所示結構式(G )所示之化 合物 -121- 200813500The resulting coating liquid was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. After the film surface temperature on the belt was 40 ° C, it was dried for 1 minute, and then peeled off, and then dried at a drying air temperature of 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, the average drying speed at a solvent volatile content of 20% in the film was 1.5% by mass/min. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a 120% uniaxial extension under a temperature of 150 ° C to obtain a transparent support. In addition, the Tg of the cellulose film used in -120-200813500 has 148 it. The thickness of the transparent support obtained was 90 μm. For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. <Formation of optical anisotropic layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, an aligning film was formed by applying a saponification treatment to the support, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film. Lu [Comparative Example 3] <Production of Optical Compensation Film> <Production of Transparent Support> The composition shown below was placed in a mixing tank, stirred while being heated, and the components were dissolved to prepare cellulose three. Acetate (triethyl fluorenyl cellulose: TAC) solution. Further, the maximum absorption wavelength Xmax measured for the compound of the structural formula (E) shown below is shown in Table 3. φ (Material • Solvent composition) 100 parts by mass 6.5 纛 5.2 5.2 纛 617 93 93 93 纛 10 10 • • • • • • • • 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 纤维素 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 2.8 • Triphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) • Biphenyl diphenyl phosphate (plasticizer) • Dichloromethane (first solvent) • Methanol (second solvent) • The structural formula (G) shown below Compound shown -121- 200813500

結構式(G)Structural formula (G)

將所製得之塗液使用具有寬度爲2 m、長度爲65 m之 帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜面溫度成爲40°C後乾燥 1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以140 °C之乾燥風乾燥30分 鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮發份爲20%時之平均乾燥 速度爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其後,則將該膜在185 °C之溫度條 件下,施加1 20%之單軸向延伸以製得透明支撐體。另外, 所使用的醯化纖維素膜之Tg爲148°C。所製得之透明支撐 體之厚度爲8 0 μ πι。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。The prepared coating liquid was cast using a casting machine having a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m. After the film surface temperature on the belt was 40 ° C, it was dried for 1 minute, and then peeled off, followed by drying at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, the average drying speed at a solvent volatile content of 20% in the film was 1.5% by mass/min. Thereafter, the film was subjected to a uniaxial extension of 1 20% at a temperature of 185 ° C to obtain a transparent support. Further, the Tg of the cellulose film used had a Tg of 148 °C. The thickness of the transparent support produced was 80 μm. For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3.

〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ’形成配向膜’並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 〔比較例4〕 〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造&gt; &gt; 將以與實施例1相同組成所調製之塗液使用具有寬度 爵2 m、長度爲65 m之帶的流延機實施流延。在帶上之膜 -122- 200813500 面溫度成爲4 0 °C後乾燥1分鐘,然後予以剝取後,再以 140°C之乾燥風乾燥30分鐘以製造膜。此時在膜中溶劑揮 發份爲20%時之平均乾燥速度,則爲1.5質量%/分鐘。其 後,雖然對該膜以190°C之溫度條件下,施加200%之單軸 向延伸,但是膜卻斷裂。以與實施例1相同的方式,測定 斷裂的透明支撐體之配向度,結果爲0.31。因此,無法製 得配向度P超過0.3 0之透明支撐體。 〔比較例5〕<Formation of optical anisotropic layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, a saponification treatment was applied to the support to form an alignment film, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film. [Comparative Example 4] <Production of Optical Compensation Film> <Production of Transparent Support> &gt; A coating liquid having the same composition as that of Example 1 was used, and a belt having a width of 2 m and a length of 65 m was used. The casting machine performs casting. Film on the belt -122- 200813500 After the surface temperature was changed to 40 ° C, it was dried for 1 minute, and then peeled off, followed by drying at 140 ° C for 30 minutes to produce a film. At this time, the average drying rate at a solvent evaporation of 20% in the film was 1.5% by mass/min. Thereafter, although the film was subjected to a uniaxial extension of 200% at a temperature of 190 ° C, the film was broken. The degree of alignment of the fractured transparent support was measured in the same manner as in Example 1 and found to be 0.31. Therefore, a transparent support having an orientation P of more than 0.3 0 cannot be obtained. [Comparative Example 5]

〈光學補償膜之製造〉 〈〈透明支撐體之製造〉〉 以與如上所述之比較例1相同的方式製得透明支撐體 ,並將之作爲光學補償膜。 就所製得之透明支撐體,測定Re和Rth、濕度相依性 、及配向度P。其結果係如表2和表3所示。 〈光學異方向性層之形成〉 以與實施例1相同的方式,對支撐體施加皂化處理後 ,形成配向膜,並在該配向膜上形成光學異方向性層,以 製得光學補償膜。 (偏光板之製造) 首先,使碘吸附在經加以延伸的聚乙烯醇膜以製得偏 光膜。 其後,則使用聚乙烯醇系接著劑將實施例1至8、1 1 、比較例1至3、及比較例5之各光學補償膜,貼附於該偏 光膜一面,該偏光膜之另一面則使用聚乙烯醇系接著劑將 -123· 200813500 經施加皂化處理的市售之纖維素三乙酸酯膜(Fujitac TD80UF,富士照相軟片股份有限公司(FujiPhotoFilm Co·, Ltd.)製造)予以貼附。另外,在該偏光膜之一面貼附光學 補償膜時,則將該偏光膜之透射軸與該光學補償膜之遲相 軸予以平行配置。以如上所述方式製得根據實施例1至8、 1 1、比較例1至3、及比較例5之10種偏光板。 〈附有被覆層之偏光板用保護膜之製造〉 〈〈被覆層用塗布液之調製〉〉<Manufacture of Optical Compensation Film> <Production of Transparent Support> A transparent support was produced in the same manner as Comparative Example 1 described above, and this was used as an optical compensation film. For the obtained transparent support, Re and Rth, humidity dependency, and orientation P were measured. The results are shown in Tables 2 and 3. <Formation of Optical Isotropic Layer> In the same manner as in Example 1, after the saponification treatment was applied to the support, an alignment film was formed, and an optically anisotropic layer was formed on the alignment film to obtain an optical compensation film. (Manufacture of polarizing plate) First, iodine was adsorbed on a polyvinyl alcohol film to be stretched to obtain a polarizing film. Thereafter, each of the optical compensation films of Examples 1 to 8, 11 and Comparative Examples 1 to 3 and Comparative Example 5 was attached to the polarizing film using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive, and the polarizing film was further attached thereto. On one side, a commercially available cellulose triacetate film (Fujitac TD80UF, manufactured by Fuji Photo Film Co., Ltd.) to which saponification treatment was applied was carried out using a polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive. Attached. Further, when an optical compensation film is attached to one surface of the polarizing film, the transmission axis of the polarizing film and the retardation axis of the optical compensation film are arranged in parallel. Ten kinds of polarizing plates according to Examples 1 to 8, 11, Comparative Examples 1 to 3, and Comparative Example 5 were obtained as described above. <Manufacture of Protective Film for Polarizing Plate with Coating Layer> <Modulation of Coating Liquid for Coating Layer>

如下列組成所示,將層狀無機化合物以能成爲所欲濃 度之方式與水混合。其後,則使用高壓分散機以30 Mpa施 加3次之高壓分散處理,以使其分散於水中。 〔被覆層用塗布液之組成〕 • HR3010 (可樂麗(〖111^^7)股份 5質量份 有限公司製造) • 水中高壓分散劑(合成雲母)ME- 40質量份 1 〇〇 (固體成份比爲5質量% )( CO-OP化學股份有限公司(CO-OP Chemical Co·,Ltd.)製造) •水 75質量份 (被覆層之塗設) 對於三乙醯基纖維素(TAC-TD80U,富士軟片股份有 限公司(FUJIFILM )製造),將其供設置被覆層之一側以 1 mo 1/L之鹼性(alkali )溶液在50°C下施加皂化處理。 -124- 200813500 其後,則在三乙醯基纖維素膜之皂化處理面上,使用 具有縫口模頭之塗布機將如上所述之被覆層用辇布液塗布 成乾燥後之膜厚成爲20μιη。 其後,在輸送速度 30 m/分鐘的條件下塗布,並以 130它、乾燥5分鐘,然後捲取。 (透濕度之測定) 丨 透濕度之測定法,可適用揭示於「高分子之物性II」 (高分子實驗講座4共立出版)之第2 85頁至294頁:蒸 φ 氣透過量之測定(質量法、溫度計法、蒸氣壓法、吸附量 法)之方法,亦即,將使用於本發明之70 mm 0膜試料分 別在60°C、95%RH調濕24小時,並根據JIS Z-0208以透 濕度=調濕後質量-調濕前質量來計算得每單位面積之 水份量(g/m2 )。此時,以適當的時間間隔,反復進行取 出放在恆溫恆濕裝置的杯子並予以稱量之操作,而由二次 連續的稱量,分別測定每單位時間之質量增加,直到其能 在5 %以內成爲一定爲止繼續進行評估。另外,爲避免因試 ^ 料吸濕等造成之影響,則予以測定未放入吸濕劑的空杯子 以供補正透濕度之値。 經塗設如上所述被覆層的三乙醯基纖維素之透濕度則 成爲230 g/m2,相對於未經塗設被覆層的三乙醯基纖維素 之透濕度1,4〇〇 g/m2已顯著減少。 v (附有被覆層的偏光板之製造) f 將腆吸附於經延伸的聚乙儲醇膜以製得;偏光膜。 其後,則將實施例9、10、12之各光學補償膜,使用 -12 5- 200813500 聚乙烯醇系接著劑,貼附在該偏光膜一面,在該偏光膜之 另一面,則使用聚乙烯醇系接著劑,貼上施加過皂化處理 且經塗設如上所述被覆層之三乙醯基纖維素。另外,在該 偏光膜之一面貼附光學補償膜時,則將該偏光膜之透射軸 與該光學補償膜之遲相軸予以平行配置。藉此方式製得實 施例9、1 0和1 2之偏光板。 〈在液晶顯示裝置之安裝評估〉 〈〈彎曲配向液晶胞之製造〉〉As shown in the following composition, the layered inorganic compound is mixed with water in such a manner as to have a desired concentration. Thereafter, a high-pressure dispersing machine was used to apply a high-pressure dispersion treatment at 30 Mpa three times to disperse it in water. [Composition of coating liquid for coating layer] • HR3010 (manufactured by Kuraray (111^^7), 5 parts by mass) Co., Ltd. • High-pressure dispersing agent (synthetic mica) in water ME- 40 parts by mass 1 〇〇 (solid content ratio) 5 mass%) (manufactured by CO-OP Chemical Co., Ltd.) • 75 parts by mass of water (coating of coating layer) For triethylenesulfonyl cellulose (TAC-TD80U, Fujifilm Co., Ltd. (manufactured by FUJIFILM Co., Ltd.), which was applied to one side of the coating layer, and saponified at 50 ° C with a 1 mol /L alkaline solution. -124- 200813500 Thereafter, the coating layer having the above-mentioned coating layer is applied to the dried film thickness by using a coating machine having a slit die on a saponified surface of a triethylenesulfonated cellulose film. 20μιη. Thereafter, it was coated at a conveying speed of 30 m/min, and dried at 130 for 5 minutes, and then taken up. (Measurement of moisture permeability) The method for measuring the moisture permeability can be applied to the measurement of the gas permeability of the vaporized gas (page 2, page 294) of the "Physical Properties of Polymers II" (Multimedia Publication Lecture 4). The method of mass method, thermometer method, vapor pressure method, adsorption amount method), that is, the 70 mm 0 film sample used in the present invention is conditioned at 60 ° C, 95% RH for 24 hours, respectively, and according to JIS Z- 0208 The amount of moisture per unit area (g/m2) was calculated by the moisture permeability = the mass after the humidity adjustment - the mass before the humidity adjustment. At this time, at an appropriate time interval, the cup placed in the constant temperature and humidity device is repeatedly taken out and weighed, and the mass increase per unit time is determined by two consecutive weighings until it can be 5 The evaluation continues until within %. In addition, in order to avoid the influence of the moisture absorption of the test material, an empty cup in which the moisture absorbent is not placed is measured to correct the moisture permeability. The moisture permeability of the triethylenesulfonyl cellulose coated with the coating layer as described above was 230 g/m2, and the moisture permeability of the triethylsulfonyl cellulose which was not coated with the coating layer was 1,4〇〇g/ M2 has been significantly reduced. v (manufacture of a polarizing plate with a coating layer) f The ytterbium is adsorbed on an extended polyethyl alcohol storage film to obtain a polarizing film. Thereafter, the optical compensation films of Examples 9, 10, and 12 were attached to one surface of the polarizing film using a -12 5-200813500 polyvinyl alcohol-based adhesive, and the other side of the polarizing film was used for polymerization. A vinyl alcohol-based adhesive is applied to a triethylenesulfonyl cellulose which has been subjected to saponification treatment and which is coated with the coating layer as described above. Further, when an optical compensation film is attached to one surface of the polarizing film, the transmission axis of the polarizing film and the slow axis of the optical compensation film are arranged in parallel. In this way, polarizing plates of Examples 9, 10 and 12 were obtained. <Evaluation of Installation of Liquid Crystal Display Device> <Production of Bending Alignment Liquid Crystal Cell>

在附有ITO電極之玻璃基板,設置聚醯亞胺膜以作爲 配向膜,並在配向膜施加摩擦處理。將所製得之兩片玻璃 基板以摩擦方向成平行配置之狀態使其相對,並設定胞間 隙爲4·7μπι。在胞間隙注入An爲0.1 396之液晶性化合物( ZLI1132、默克公司(Merk &amp; Co·)製造),以製得彎曲配 向液晶胞。 在使用該彎曲配向型液晶胞的液晶顯示裝置之上側和 下側偏光板,將使用經以實施例1至2、4至6、及比較例 1至3製得之光學補償膜所製得之偏光板,以能使光學補償 膜位於液晶胞側之狀態隔著黏著劑而在觀察者側及背光側 各貼上一片。並且予以配置成使偏光板之光學異方向性層 相對於胞基板,且使液晶胞之摩擦方向、與面對於其的光 學異方向性層之摩擦方向成反平行。並且,以能使觀察者 側偏光板之透射軸向上下方向,且背光側偏光板之透射軸 向左右方向之方式而予以正交尼科爾(crossed Nichol)配 置。 •126- 200813500On the glass substrate with the ITO electrode, a polyimide film was provided as an alignment film, and a rubbing treatment was applied to the alignment film. The two glass substrates thus obtained were placed in a state in which the rubbing directions were arranged in parallel, and the inter-cell gap was set to 4·7 μm. A liquid crystal compound (ZLI 1132, manufactured by Merk &amp; Co.) having an An of 0.1396 was injected in the interstitial space to prepare a curved alignment liquid crystal cell. The upper side and lower side polarizing plates of the liquid crystal display device using the curved alignment type liquid crystal cell, which were obtained by using the optical compensation films obtained in Examples 1 to 2, 4 to 6, and Comparative Examples 1 to 3, were used. The polarizing plate is attached to each of the viewer side and the backlight side via an adhesive so that the optical compensation film is positioned on the liquid crystal cell side. Further, it is disposed such that the optically anisotropic layer of the polarizing plate is opposed to the cell substrate, and the rubbing direction of the liquid crystal cell is antiparallel to the rubbing direction of the optically exclusive layer facing the face. Further, the crossed Nichol is arranged such that the transmission axis of the observer-side polarizing plate is in the vertical direction and the transmission axis of the backlight-side polarizing plate is oriented in the left-right direction. •126- 200813500

所製得之液晶面板在25°C、60%RH之環境下放置 後,將顯示特性之評估根據如下所述之評估基準來加 估。其結果如表5所示。 〔評估基準〕 視角(對比度係數(c ο n t r a s t r a t i 〇 )爲1 0以上且無 之灰階反轉的極角範圍) 〇: 上下左右爲75°極角以上; 〇△: 上下左右中之3方向爲75°極角以上; △: 上下左右中之2方向爲7 5 °極角以上; X : 上下左右中之3方向爲極角小於75° 。 對液晶胞施加55 Hz之矩形波電壓。採取白顯示ί 、黑顯示爲5 V之正常白顯示(normal white)模式。 在正面之透射率爲會變得最小之電壓亦即黑電壓,並 在其時之〇°方位角、60°極角方向視角的黑顯示透象 % ),及〇 °方位角、6 0 °極角與1 8 0。方位角、6 0 ° ® 色位移Δχ。其結果係如表3所示。 另外,在如下所示之表3中,所謂的「色位移」 在 〇° 方位角之 ACu’V,: u’ν’( 60。極角)一u,V,( 〇。 )與在180°方位角之ACu’v’: u’v’(60°極角)一t 〇°極角)之和。(u’v’ :在CIELAB空間之色座標) 另外,設定透射率之比(白顯示/黑顯示)爲對tf 數,而使用測定機(EZ-Contrast 160D、法國艾爾越 ELDIM)公司製造),並以從黑顯示(L1)至白顯斥 )爲止之8階段測定視角。其結果如表4所示。 7天 以評 黑側 2 V 施加 測定 率( 角之 ,係 極角 ( 度係 姆( (L8 -127-After the obtained liquid crystal panel was placed in an environment of 25 ° C and 60% RH, the evaluation of the display characteristics was evaluated based on the evaluation criteria as described below. The results are shown in Table 5. [Evaluation Criteria] Viewing angle (contrast coefficient (c ο ntrastrati 〇) is 10 or more and there is no polar angle range of gray scale inversion) 〇: Up and down and left and right are 75° polar angle or more; 〇△: 3 directions in up, down, left and right It is above 75° polar angle; △: 2 directions of up, down, left and right are above 7 5 ° polar angle; X: 3 directions of up, down, left and right are polar angles less than 75°. A rectangular wave voltage of 55 Hz was applied to the liquid crystal cells. Take the white display ί and black to display the normal white mode of 5 V. The transmittance at the front is the voltage that becomes the smallest, that is, the black voltage, and at that time, the azimuth angle, the black display image of the 60° polar angle view, and the azimuth angle, 60° Polar angle with 1 800. Azimuth, 60 ° ® color displacement Δχ. The results are shown in Table 3. In addition, in Table 3 shown below, the so-called "color shift" is A° azimuth of ACu'V,: u'ν' (60. polar angle) - u, V, ( 〇 . ) and at 180 ° ACu'v' of azimuth: sum of u'v' (60° polar angle) - t 极 ° polar angle). (u'v': color coordinates in CIELAB space) In addition, the ratio of transmittance (white display/black display) is set to the number of tf, and is manufactured using a measuring machine (EZ-Contrast 160D, ELDIM, France) ), and the angle of view is measured in eight stages from black display (L1) to white repulsion. The results are shown in Table 4. 7 days to evaluate the rate of 2 V on the black side (corner angle, system polar angle ((L8 -127-

200813500 另外,如下所示之表4中,所謂的「視角」係指 度係數爲1〇以上且無「黑側之灰階反轉(L1與L2之 反轉)」之範圍。 〈〈VA配向液晶胞之製造〉〉 液晶胞,其基板之間的胞間隙爲3.6μπι,係將具 的介電常數異方向性之液晶材料(「MLC6608」、默 司(Merk &amp; Corp·)製造)滴下注入於基板之間並加 封以在基板之間形成液晶層所製得。液晶層之遲滯( Φ ,該液晶層之厚度d ( μηι )與折射率異方向性An之 △ η · d)貝[J設定爲300 nm。另外,液晶材料貝[J予以配向 直配向。 在使用如上所述垂直配向型液晶胞的液晶顯示裝 上側和下側偏光板,將使用在實施例3、1 2和比較例 製得之光學補償膜的偏光板,以能使在該偏光板的光 償膜側與液晶胞側相對之方式,隔著黏著劑而在觀察 及背光側各貼上一片。並且,予以正交尼科爾配置成 察者側偏光板之透射軸爲上下方向,並且,背光側偏 之透射軸爲左右方向。 將所製得之液晶面板在25°C60%RH之環境下放置 後’根據上述〔評估基準〕進行評估顯示特性之評估 結果如表5所示。 在液晶胞施加5 5 Hz之矩形波電壓。設定爲白顯^ 、黑顯不0V之正常黑顯示(normal black)模式。予 定在黑顯示之0°方位角、60°極角方向視角之黑顯 對比 間的 有負 克公 以密 亦即 乘積 成垂 置之 5所 學補 者側 使觀 光板 7天 。其 於5V 以測 示透 -128- 200813500 射率(% ),及〇。方位角、6 〇。極角與1 8 0。方位角、6 0。 極角之色位移Ax。結果係如表3所示。 另外’設定透射率之比(白顯示/黑顯示)爲對比度係 數,而使用測定機(EZ-Contrast 1 60D、ELDIM公司製造 ),並以從黑顯示(L1 )至白顯示(L8 )之8階段測定視 角。其結果如表4所示。 〈〈顯示特性之濕度相依性測定〉〉 將經以如上所述所製得之液晶面板在25°C 10%RH、 Φ 25°C80%RH之環境下放置7天後,根據上述〔評估基準〕 進行評估顯示特性之評估。其結果如表5所示。200813500 In addition, in Table 4 shown below, the "viewing angle" refers to a range in which the index coefficient is 1 〇 or more and there is no "black-level gray-scale inversion (inversion of L1 and L2)". <Manufacture of VA Alignment Liquid Crystal Cell> The liquid crystal cell has a cell gap of 3.6 μm between the substrates, and is a liquid crystal material having a dielectric constant anisotropy ("MLC6608", Merce (Merk &amp; Corp. Manufactured) A drop is injected between the substrates and sealed to form a liquid crystal layer between the substrates. The hysteresis of the liquid crystal layer (Φ, the thickness d (μηι) of the liquid crystal layer and the Δ η · d) of the refractive index anisotropy An [J is set to 300 nm. In addition, the liquid crystal material [J is aligned and aligned. In the liquid crystal display mounting side and lower polarizing plates using the vertically aligned liquid crystal cell as described above, the polarizing plates of the optical compensation films produced in Examples 3, 12 and Comparative Examples were used to enable the polarizing plate to be used in the polarizing plate. The light-receiving film side is opposed to the liquid crystal cell side, and one piece is attached to each of the observation and backlight sides via an adhesive. Further, the transmission axis of the crossed-side Nicols arrangement observer side polarizing plate is the up-and-down direction, and the transmission axis of the backlight side offset is the left-right direction. After the obtained liquid crystal panel was placed in an environment of 25 ° C and 60% RH, the evaluation results of the evaluation of the display characteristics according to the above [Evaluation Criteria] are shown in Table 5. A rectangular wave voltage of 5 5 Hz was applied to the liquid crystal cell. Set to normal black mode with black display and black display not 0V. It is assumed that there is a negative gram in the 0° azimuth of the black display and a black contrast in the 60° polar angle view, which is the product of the 5th complement of the complement. It is measured at 5V to reflect the -128-200813500 rate (%), and 〇. Azimuth, 6 〇. Polar angle with 1 800. Azimuth, 60. The color of the polar angle is shifted by Ax. The results are shown in Table 3. In addition, the ratio of the transmittance (white display/black display) is the contrast ratio, and the measuring machine (EZ-Contrast 1 60D, manufactured by ELDIM Co., Ltd.) is used, and 8 from the black display (L1) to the white display (L8). The stage measures the angle of view. The results are shown in Table 4. <Measurement of Humidity Dependence of Display Characteristics> After the liquid crystal panel obtained as described above was left in an environment of 25° C., 10% RH, Φ 25° C. and 80% RH for 7 days, according to the above [Evaluation Criteria] 〕 Conduct an assessment to show an assessment of the characteristics. The results are shown in Table 5.

表2Table 2

Re Rth 450 550 630 450 550 630 實施例1 28.2 41.0 53.8 184.9 173.0 167.6 實施例2 30.0 40.0 55.0 180.0 175.0 170.0 實施例3 40.0 63.0 86.0 135.0 115.0 106.0 實施例4 39.0 45.0 50.0 183.0 175.0 170.0 實施例5 22.0 40.0 58.0 186.0 170.0 165.0 實施例6 48.0 57.0 68.0 146.0 148.0 150.0 實施例7 35.0 45.0 51.0 180.0 173.0 170.0 實施例8 33.0 41.0 47.0 187.0 173.0 166.0 實施例9 28.0 41.0 54.0 185.0 173.0 168.0 實施例10 33.0 41.0 47.0 187.0 173.0 166.0 實施例11 33.0 41.0 47.0 187.0 173.0 166.0 實施例12 39.0 45.0 50.0 183.0 175.0 170.0 比較例1 -14.3 4.3 12.8 1.0 11.6 17.2 比較例2 49.2 53.5 55.7 49.2 53.5 55.7 比較例3 27.7 45.1 53.1 28.9 40.9 46.5 . 比較例4 • • • - - 比較例5 -14.3 4.3 12.8 1.0 11.6 17.2 129- 200813500Re Rth 450 550 630 450 550 630 Example 1 28.2 41.0 53.8 184.9 173.0 167.6 Example 2 30.0 40.0 55.0 180.0 175.0 170.0 Example 3 40.0 63.0 86.0 135.0 115.0 106.0 Example 4 39.0 45.0 50.0 183.0 175.0 170.0 Example 5 22.0 40.0 58.0 186.0 170.0 165.0 Example 6 48.0 57.0 68.0 146.0 148.0 150.0 Example 7 35.0 45.0 51.0 180.0 173.0 170.0 Example 8 33.0 41.0 47.0 187.0 173.0 166.0 Example 9 28.0 41.0 54.0 185.0 173.0 168.0 Example 10 33.0 41.0 47.0 187.0 173.0 166.0 Example 11 33.0 41.0 47.0 187.0 173.0 166.0 Example 12 39.0 45.0 50.0 183.0 175.0 170.0 Comparative Example 1 -14.3 4.3 12.8 1.0 11.6 17.2 Comparative Example 2 49.2 53.5 55.7 49.2 53.5 55.7 Comparative Example 3 27.7 45.1 53.1 28.9 40.9 46.5 . Comparative Example 4 • • - - Comparative Example 5 -14.3 4.3 12.8 1.0 11.6 17.2 129- 200813500

表3 Re(45〇) /Re(550、 Re(630) /R©(550) Rth(45〇) /Rthf55〇) Rth(630) /Rth(55〇) △Re △Rth P λ-max 色位移 透射率 實施例1 0.69 1.31 1.07 0.97 56 32 0.135 265 0.05 0.01 實施例2 0.75 1.38 1.03 0.97 55 32 0.132 265 0.09 0.03 實施例3 0.63 1.37 L17 0.92 100 34 0.140 265 0.06 0.02 實施例4 0.867 1.11 1.05 0.97 24 31 0.05 265 0.10 0.04 實施例5 0.550 1.45 1.09 0.97 79 31 0.30 265 0.11 0.04 實施例6 0.842 1.19 0.99 1.01 44 32 0.134 265 0.09 0.05 實施例7 0.78 1.13 1.04 0.98 10 20 0.05 265 0.07 0.01 實施例8 0.81 1.15 1.08 0.96 3 10 0.135 265 0.08 0.01 實施例9 0.69 1.31 1.07 0.97 18 32 0.135 265 0.05 0.01 實施例10 0.81 1.15 1.08 0.96 3 10 0.135 265 0.08 0.01 實施例11 0.81 1.15 1.08 0.96 3 10 0.135 265 0.08 0.01 實施例12 0.867 1.11 1.05 0.97 24 31 0.05 265 0.10 0.04 比較例1 -3.33 2.98 0.09 1.48 59 32 0.135 - 0.90 0.19 比較例2 0.92 1.04 0.92 1.04 14 31 0.030 265 0.70 0.13 比較例3 0.62 1.18 0.71 1.14 55 32 0.130 220 0.6 0.12 比較例4 比較例5 -3.33 2.98 0.09 1.48 59 34 0.135 - 0.9 0.19 表4 視角 上 下 左右 實施例l 80 80 80 實施例2 80 80 80 實施例3 80 80 80 實施例4 80 80 75 實施例5 80 80 75 實施例6 75 75 75 實施例7 78 78 78 實施例8 78 78 78 實施例9 80 80 80 實施例10 78 78 78 實施例11 78 78 78 實施例12 80 80 80 比較例1 50 50 50 比較例2 65 65 65 比較例3 60 60 60 比較例4 - - - 比較例5 50 50 50 -130- 200813500 表5Table 3 Re(45〇) /Re(550, Re(630) /R©(550) Rth(45〇) /Rthf55〇) Rth(630) /Rth(55〇) △Re △Rth P λ-max Displacement Transmittance Example 1 0.69 1.31 1.07 0.97 56 32 0.135 265 0.05 0.01 Example 2 0.75 1.38 1.03 0.97 55 32 0.132 265 0.09 0.03 Example 3 0.63 1.37 L17 0.92 100 34 0.140 265 0.06 0.02 Example 4 0.867 1.11 1.05 0.97 24 31 0.05 265 0.10 0.04 Example 5 0.550 1.45 1.09 0.97 79 31 0.30 265 0.11 0.04 Example 6 0.842 1.19 0.99 1.01 44 32 0.134 265 0.09 0.05 Example 7 0.78 1.13 1.04 0.98 10 20 0.05 265 0.07 0.01 Example 8 0.81 1.15 1.08 0.96 3 10 0.135 265 0.08 0.01 Example 9 0.69 1.31 1.07 0.97 18 32 0.135 265 0.05 0.01 Example 10 0.81 1.15 1.08 0.96 3 10 0.135 265 0.08 0.01 Example 11 0.81 1.15 1.08 0.96 3 10 0.135 265 0.08 0.01 Example 12 0.867 1.11 1.05 0.97 24 31 0.05 265 0.10 0.04 Comparative Example 1 -3.33 2.98 0.09 1.48 59 32 0.135 - 0.90 0.19 Comparative Example 2 0.92 1.04 0.92 1.04 14 31 0.030 265 0.70 0.13 Comparative Example 3 0.62 1.18 0.71 1.14 55 32 0.130 220 0.6 0.12 Comparative Example 4 Comparative Example 5 - 3.33 2.98 0.09 1.48 59 34 0.135 - 0.9 0.19 Table 4 Upper and lower viewing angles of the embodiment 1 80 80 80 Example 2 80 80 80 Example 3 80 80 80 Example 4 80 80 75 Example 5 80 80 75 Example 6 75 75 75 Example 7 78 78 78 Example 8 78 78 78 Example 9 80 80 80 Example 10 78 78 78 Example 11 78 78 78 Example 12 80 80 80 Comparative Example 1 50 50 50 Comparative Example 2 65 65 65 Comparative Example 3 60 60 60 Comparative Example 4 - - - Comparative Example 5 50 50 50 -130- 200813500 Table 5

對比度視角 10% RH 60% RH 80% RH 實施例1 〇△ 〇 〇△ 實施例2 〇△ 〇 〇△ 實施例3 〇△ 〇 〇△ 實施例4 〇△ 〇 〇△ 實施例5 〇△ 〇 「 〇△ 實施例6 〇△ 〇 〇△ 實施例7 〇△ 〇 〇 實施例8 〇 〇 〇 實施例9 · 〇 〇 〇△ 實施例1〇 〇 〇 〇 實施例11 〇 〇 〇 實施例12 〇 〇 〇△ 比較例1 X X X 比較例2 X X X 比較例3 X X X 比較例4 - - - 比較例5 X X XContrast viewing angle 10% RH 60% RH 80% RH Example 1 〇 △ 〇〇 △ Example 2 〇 △ 〇〇 △ Example 3 〇 △ 〇〇 △ Example 4 〇 △ 〇〇 △ Example 5 〇 △ 〇 " 〇 △ Example 6 〇 △ 〇〇 △ Example 7 〇 △ 〇〇 Example 8 〇〇〇 Example 9 · 〇〇〇 △ Example 1 〇〇〇〇 Example 11 〇〇〇 Example 12 〇〇〇 △ Comparative Example 1 XXX Comparative Example 2 XXX Comparative Example 3 XXX Comparative Example 4 - - - Comparative Example 5 XXX

由表2至5所不結果即可明白,具備配向度p係符合 0.05 0.30的條件,且光學特性係符合1〇&lt;1^(55()) &lt; 100 ' 100 &lt; Rth ( 5 5 0 ) &lt; 200、0.5 &lt; Re ( 4 5 0 ) /Re ( 5 5 0 ) &lt; 1.0、1.0 &lt; Re(63〇)/Re(55〇) &lt; 1·5、1.0 &lt; Rth(45〇)/Rth( 5 5 0 ) &lt; 1·5、及 0.5 &lt; Rth ( 63。)/Rth ( 5 5 0 ) &lt; 1.0 的條件之 φ 實施例1至1 2的光學補償膜之液晶顯示裝置,相較於具備 比較例1至5的光學補償膜之液晶顯示裝置,在60°極角 的黑顯示時之透射率低,且與正面之色位移也是小,使得 對比度獲得顯著改善。 本發明之光學補償膜,及偏光板,特別對於VA模式 、:[PS模式、或OCB模式,可改良高對比度,與在黑顯示 時之相依於視角方向之色位移,且顯著改善視角對比度, 因此適合使用於液晶顯示裝置。 -131 - 200813500 本發明之液晶顯示裝置,可將液晶胞予以光學補償, 改善對比度,及減少相依於視角方向的色位移,因此適合 使用於可攜式電話、個人電腦用監控器、電視機、液晶投 影器等。 【圖式簡單說明】 第1圖係用於說明本發明液晶顯示裝置之構成實例示 意模式圖。It can be understood from the results of Tables 2 to 5 that the alignment degree p is in accordance with the condition of 0.05 0.30, and the optical characteristics are in accordance with 1 〇 &lt;1^(55()) &lt; 100 ' 100 &lt; Rth ( 5 5 0) &lt; 200, 0.5 &lt; Re ( 4 5 0 ) /Re ( 5 5 0 ) &lt; 1.0, 1.0 &lt; Re(63〇)/Re(55〇) &lt; 1·5, 1.0 &lt; Rth (45〇)/Rth( 5 5 0 ) &lt; 1·5, and 0.5 &lt; Rth ( 63.) / Rth ( 5 5 0 ) &lt; 1.0 of condition φ Optical compensation film of Examples 1 to 2 In the liquid crystal display device, the liquid crystal display device having the optical compensation films of Comparative Examples 1 to 5 has a low transmittance at a black display of a polar angle of 60°, and the color shift with the front surface is also small, so that the contrast is remarkable. improve. The optical compensation film of the present invention, and the polarizing plate, particularly for the VA mode, the [PS mode, or the OCB mode, can improve the high contrast, and the color shift depending on the viewing direction in the black display, and significantly improve the viewing angle contrast. Therefore, it is suitable for use in a liquid crystal display device. -131 - 200813500 The liquid crystal display device of the present invention can optically compensate liquid crystal cells, improve contrast, and reduce color shift depending on viewing angle direction, and is therefore suitable for use in portable telephones, personal computer monitors, television sets, LCD projectors, etc. BRIEF DESCRIPTION OF THE DRAWINGS Fig. 1 is a schematic view for explaining a configuration example of a liquid crystal display device of the present invention.

第2圖係表示關於使用在本發明之光學補償膜的一實 例之光學特性圖表。 第3 A圖係用於說明在本發明液晶顯示裝置之入射光偏 光狀態變化所使用的普安卡雷球示意圖。 第3B圖係用於說明在本發明液晶顯示裝置之入射光偏 光狀態變化所使用的普安卡雷球示意圖。 第4圖係用於說明傳統的OCB模式液晶顯示裝置之構 成實例示意模式圖。 第5A圖係用於說明傳統的液晶顯示裝置之一實例之入 射光偏光狀態變化所使用的普安卡雷球示意圖。 第5B圖係用於說明傳統的液晶顯示裝置之一實例之入 射光偏光狀態變化所使用的普安卡雷球示意圖。 第6A圖係用於說明在本發明液晶顯示裝置之入射光偏 光狀態變化所使用的普安卡雷球示意圖。 第6B圖係用於說明在本發明液晶顯示裝置之入射光偏 光狀態變化所使用的普安卡雷球示意圖。 第7A圖係展示加入Rth上升劑,但未經延伸所製得之 -132- 200813500 膜之波長分散圖。 第7B圖係展示Rth未加入上升劑,以僅實施延伸所製 .得之膜之波長分散圖。 第7 C圖係展示加入Rth上升劑,再延伸所製得之膜之 波長分散圖。 【主要元件符號說明】Fig. 2 is a graph showing the optical characteristics of an example of the optical compensation film used in the present invention. Fig. 3A is a view for explaining a Puancarre ball used for the change in the polarization state of the incident light of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Fig. 3B is a view for explaining a Puancarre ball used for the change of the incident light polarization state of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Fig. 4 is a schematic view showing a configuration of a conventional OCB mode liquid crystal display device. Fig. 5A is a schematic view showing a Puancarre ball used for explaining a change in the polarization state of the incident light in an example of a conventional liquid crystal display device. Fig. 5B is a schematic view showing the Puancarre ball used for the change of the polarization state of the incident light in an example of the conventional liquid crystal display device. Fig. 6A is a view for explaining a Puancarre ball used for the change of the incident light polarization state of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Fig. 6B is a schematic view for explaining a Puancarre ball used in the change of the incident light polarization state of the liquid crystal display device of the present invention. Figure 7A shows the wavelength dispersion map of the film of -132-200813500 obtained by adding Rth rising agent without extension. Fig. 7B shows that Rth is not added with a rising agent to perform only the wavelength dispersion map of the film obtained by the extension. Figure 7C shows a wavelength dispersion map of the film obtained by adding an Rth rising agent. [Main component symbol description]

1、101 2、102 透射 4a、 14a' 104a、 114a 遲相 5、9 光學 5a、9a 配向 6、8 基板 7 液晶 13a、103a、1 13a 透明 13A、1 13A 光學 Il,l6 從左 從右 Ib1-Ib6 從左 Ib 1 ’ 〜Ib 6 ’ 從右 Ir 1 〜Ir6 從左 I R 1 ’ 〜I R 6 ’ 從右 RD1, 101 2, 102 Transmittance 4a, 14a' 104a, 114a Delay phase 5, 9 Optics 5a, 9a Alignment 6, 8 Substrate 7 Liquid crystal 13a, 103a, 1 13a Transparent 13A, 1 13A Optical Il, l6 From left to right Ib1 -Ib6 from left Ib 1 '~Ib 6' from right Ir 1 to Ir6 from left IR 1 '~IR 6 ' from right RD

偏光膜 軸 軸 異方性層 平均方向 分子(液晶層) 支撐體 補償膜 60°入射的G光之偏光狀態 60°入射的G光之偏光狀態 60°入射的B光之偏光狀態 60°入射的B光之偏光狀態 60°入射的R光之偏光狀態 60°入射的R光之偏光狀態Polarizing film axis azimuthal layer average direction molecule (liquid crystal layer) Support body compensation film 60° incident G light polarization state 60° incident G light polarization state 60° incident B light polarization state 60° incident Polarized state of B light 60° incident R light polarization state 60° incident R light polarization state

Re Rth 箭頭標記 面內遲滯 厚度方向遲滯 -133-Re Rth arrow mark In-plane hysteresis Thickness direction hysteresis -133-

Claims (1)

200813500 十、申請專利範圍: 1· 一種光學補償膜,其特徵爲具有含有至少一種Rth上 升劑之透明支撐體,且對該透明支撐體由X射線繞射 測定所計算得之以下式(A )所定義的配向度p爲 0·05 至 0.30: Ρ = &lt; 3 cos1p ~ 1 &gt; /2 式(A ) 但是’該式(A)中,&lt;cos1p&gt;=«f(0,7E) cos1pI(p) sinpdp/J ( 05π ) I ( β ) sinpdp &gt;200813500 X. Patent Application Range: 1. An optical compensation film characterized by having a transparent support body containing at least one Rth rising agent, and the following formula (A) is calculated from the X-ray diffraction measurement of the transparent support body. The defined degree of orientation p is from 0.05 to 0.30: Ρ = &lt; 3 cos1p ~ 1 &gt; /2 Equation (A ) But in the equation (A), &lt;cos1p&gt;=«f(0,7E) cos1pI(p) sinpdp/J ( 05π ) I ( β ) sinpdp &gt; 另外,該式(A )中,β係入射的X射線之入射面,與 該透明支撐體面內之某一方向所形成的角度,I係在以 角度β所測定之X射線繞射圖中2Θ= 8°時之繞射強度 -134- 1 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光學補償膜,其中一片 透明支撐體之光學特性係滿足下式(1)至式(6)之 關係: 10 n m &lt; R e( 5 5 〇) &lt; 1 0 0 n m 式(1 ) 100 nm &lt; Rthcsso) &lt;200nm 式(2) 0.5 &lt; Re(45〇&gt; /Re (55〇) &lt; 1.0 式(3) 1.0 &lt; Re(63〇) /Re(55〇) &lt; 1.5 式(4) 1.0 &lt; Rth( 45〇) /Rthc 5 50) &lt;1.5 式(5) 0.5 &lt; Rth(63〇&gt; /Rth(55〇) &lt;1.0 式(6) 但是,該式(1 )至式(6 )中,Re ( λ)係對於波長爲 ληιη之光的該透明支撐體之遲滯値,Rth ( 係對於波 長爲λιιιη之光的該透明支撐體厚度方向之遲滯値。 200813500 3. 如申請專利範圍第i項所述之光學補償膜’其中Rth 上升劑,係以如下所述之通式(II )至(IV )中任一 種所代表之化合物: 但是,如下所述之通式(II )中,R1 2係各自獨立地代 表在鄰位、間位和對位中之至少任一者具有取代基之 芳香族環或雜環, 另外’ X11係各自獨立地代表單鍵或NR13—,其中, R 13 # S自獨立地代表氫原子、經取代或未經取代之烷Further, in the formula (A), the angle formed by the incident surface of the X-ray incident on the β-ray and the direction in the plane of the transparent support is I 在 in the X-ray diffraction pattern measured by the angle β. </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> </ RTI> <RTIgt; Nm &lt; R e( 5 5 〇) &lt; 1 0 0 nm Formula (1) 100 nm &lt; Rthcsso) &lt;200nm Formula (2) 0.5 &lt;Re(45〇&gt; /Re (55〇) &lt; 1.0 Formula (3) 1.0 &lt; Re(63〇) /Re(55〇) &lt; 1.5 Formula (4) 1.0 &lt; Rth( 45〇) /Rthc 5 50) &lt;1.5 Formula (5) 0.5 &lt; Rth (63〇&gt; /Rth(55〇) &lt;1.0 Formula (6) However, in the formulas (1) to (6), Re (λ) is a hysteresis of the transparent support for light of wavelength ληιη値, Rth (a hysteresis in the thickness direction of the transparent support for light having a wavelength of λιιηη.) 200813500 3. The optical compensation film of the invention of claim i, wherein the Rth ascending agent is as follows General formula (II) to (IV) A compound represented by any one of them: However, in the general formula (II) described below, the R1 2 each independently represents an aromatic ring having a substituent in at least one of an ortho, meta and para. Or a heterocyclic ring, in addition, 'X11 each independently represents a single bond or NR13-, wherein R 13 # S independently represents a hydrogen atom, a substituted or unsubstituted alkane 基、烯基、芳基或雜環基, 另外’如下所示之通式(III )中、R4、R5、R6、R7、 R8 R $各自獨立地代表氫原子或取代基, 另夕和 , F所示之通式(IV)中,(571係代表含氮芳香 族雜環、Q 7 2 # ^ $ ^ 係代表芳香族環。a base, an alkenyl group, an aryl group or a heterocyclic group, and in the formula (III) shown below, R4, R5, R6, R7, R8 R$ each independently represent a hydrogen atom or a substituent, and In the general formula (IV) represented by F, (571 represents a nitrogen-containing aromatic heterocyclic ring, and Q 7 2 # ^ $ ^ represents an aromatic ring. 通式(Π) -1 3 5 - 200813500General formula (Π) -1 3 5 - 200813500 71 72Q Q — OH 通式〇v) 4· 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光學補償膜,其中Rth 上升劑係具有兩個以上方香族環。The optical compensation film of claim 1, wherein the Rth ascending agent has two upper aromatic rings. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光學補償膜,其中在Rth 上升劑之溶液吸收光譜,包含最大吸收波長(Xmax)係 至少爲2 5 0 n m之化合物。 6·如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光學補償膜,其中包含 至少在一分子內具有氫鍵結性基之濕度相依性改良劑 如申請專利範圍第6項所述之光學補償膜,其中濕度 相依〖生改良劑係具有芳香族環,且滿足下式(7 ): 一分子內之氫鍵結性基數/濕度相依性改良劑之分子量 &gt; 0.0 1 式(7) -1 3 6 - 200813500 8. 如申請專利範圍第1項所述之光學補償膜,其中透明 支撐體係滿足下式(8 )至(9 ): 2.0 ^SA + SB ^3.0 式(8 ) 0 &lt; SB 式(9) 但是,該式(8 )至(9 )中,S A係取代纖維素中羥基 之氫原子的醯基之取代度,SB係取代纖維素中羥基之 氫原子的碳原子數爲3至22之醯基之取代度。The optical compensation film of claim 1, wherein the solution absorption spectrum of the Rth rising agent comprises a compound having a maximum absorption wavelength (Xmax) of at least 250 nm. 6. The optical compensation film according to claim 1, wherein the humidity-compensating agent having a hydrogen bonding group in at least one molecule is an optical compensation film according to claim 6, wherein Moisture-dependent 〗 〖The bio-modifier has an aromatic ring and satisfies the following formula (7): Hydrogen-bonding group in one molecule/molecular weight of the humidity-dependent improver&gt; 0.0 1 Formula (7) -1 3 6 - 200813500 8. The optical compensation film according to claim 1, wherein the transparent support system satisfies the following formulas (8) to (9): 2.0 ^SA + SB ^3.0 (8) 0 &lt; SB type (9 However, in the formulae (8) to (9), the degree of substitution of the sulfhydryl group of the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group in the cellulose substituted by the cellulose is SB, and the number of carbon atoms of the hydrogen atom of the hydroxyl group in the SB-substituted cellulose is 3 to 22 The degree of substitution of thiol. 9. 一種光學補償膜之製造方法,其特徵爲該光學補償膜 具有含有至少一種Rth上升劑之透明支撐體,且對該 透明支撐體由X射線繞射測定所計算得之以下式(A )所定義的配向度P係0.05至0.30,且係包括:在帶 上流延含有至少一種Rth上升劑之透明支撐體的原料 之高分子溶液之流延步驟;用於乾燥由該流延步驟所 製得之膜之乾燥步驟;及在由該帶剝離膜後,以比該 透明支撐體之玻璃轉移溫度爲高出 +15至 +100 °C之 溫度延伸該膜之延伸步驟: P = &lt; 3cos2P - 1 &gt; /2 式(A ) 但是,該式(A)中,cos2pi(p) s i η β d β / J* ( 0,π ) I ( β ) s i η β d β, 另外,該式中,β係入射的X射線之入射面,與該透 明支撐體面內之某一方向所形成的角度’ I係在以角度 β所測定之X射線繞射圖中2Θ= 8°時之繞射強度。 1 〇 ·如申請專利範圍第9項所述之光學補償膜之製造方法 ,其中乾燥步驟係設定對於膜之揮發分率爲10至100 -137- 200813500 質量%區域之平均乾燥速度,爲至少1.2質量%/分鐘。 11. 一種偏光板,其特徵爲該偏光板具有偏光膜、及一對 用於夾持該偏光膜之保護膜,該保護膜中至少一片係 具有含有至少一種Rth上升劑之透明支撐體,且對該 透明支撐體由X射線繞射測定所計算得之以下式(A )所定義的配向度P爲0.05至0.30之光學補償膜: P = &lt; 3 cos1 2p- 1 &gt; /2 式(A)9. A method of producing an optical compensation film, characterized in that the optical compensation film has a transparent support containing at least one Rth rising agent, and the transparent support is calculated by X-ray diffraction measurement to have the following formula (A) The defined degree of orientation P is 0.05 to 0.30, and includes a casting step of casting a polymer solution of a raw material containing a transparent support of at least one Rth rising agent on the belt; for drying by the casting step a drying step of the obtained film; and an extension step of extending the film at a temperature higher than a glass transition temperature of the transparent support by a temperature of +15 to +100 ° C after the film is peeled off by the tape: P = &lt; 3cos2P - 1 &gt; /2 Formula (A) However, in the formula (A), cos2pi(p) si η β d β / J* ( 0, π ) I ( β ) si η β d β, The angle between the incident surface of the X-ray incident on the β-ray and the direction in the plane of the transparent support is the diffraction at 2 Θ = 8° in the X-ray diffraction pattern measured by the angle β. strength. The method for producing an optical compensation film according to claim 9, wherein the drying step sets an average drying speed for a film having a volatile matter ratio of 10 to 100 -137 to 200813500 mass%, which is at least 1.2. Quality % / minute. 11. A polarizing plate, characterized in that the polarizing plate has a polarizing film and a pair of protective films for holding the polarizing film, at least one of the protective films having a transparent support body containing at least one Rth rising agent, and An optical compensation film having an orientation P defined by the following formula (A) and having an orientation P of 0.05 to 0.30 calculated by X-ray diffraction measurement of the transparent support: P = &lt; 3 cos1 2p - 1 &gt; /2 A) 但是,上式(A)中,&lt;cos2p&gt;=J(0,Ti:) cos2pI(p) 8ΐηβάβ/ί ( 〇?π ) I ( β ) s i η β d β » 且該式中,β係入射的X射線之入射面,與該透明支 撐體面內之某一方向所形成的角度,I係在以角度β所 測定之X射線繞射圖中2Θ= 8°時之繞射強度。 1 2 ·如申請專利範圍第丨丨項所述之偏光板,其中在保護膜 之至少一面具有顯示低透濕性之被覆層,且該被覆層 在60 °C、9 5%相對濕度之透濕度爲3 00 g/m2 · day以下 -138- 1 3 · —種液晶顯示裝置,其特徵爲具有液晶胞及偏光板, 該偏光板具有偏光膜、及一對用於夾持偏光膜之保護 膜,該保護膜中至少一片係具有含有至少一種Rth上 升劑之透明支撐體,且對該透明支撐體由X射線繞射 測定所計算得之以下式(A )所定義的配向度P爲 〇·〇5至0·30之光學補償膜。 Ρ = &lt; 3 cos2p- 1 &gt; /2 式(A) 2 但是,該式(A)中,CcosWs^CO,;!:)cos2pi(p) s i η β d β / J ( 0,π ) I ( β ) s i n β d β, 200813500 另外,該式中,β係入射的χ射線之入射面,與該透 明支撐體面內之某一方向所形成的角度,I係在以角度 β所測定之X射線繞射圖中2Θ= 8°時之繞射強度。 1 4·如申請專利範圍第1 3項所述之液晶顯示裝置,其中液 晶胞係VA模式、〇CB模式、或IPS模式。However, in the above formula (A), &lt;cos2p&gt;=J(0,Ti:) cos2pI(p) 8ΐηβάβ/ί ( 〇?π ) I ( β ) si η β d β » and in the formula, β system The angle formed by the incident surface of the incident X-ray and a direction in the plane of the transparent support is the diffraction intensity at 2 Θ = 8° in the X-ray diffraction pattern measured by the angle β. The polarizing plate of claim 2, wherein a coating layer exhibiting low moisture permeability is provided on at least one side of the protective film, and the coating layer is transparent at 60 ° C and 95% relative humidity. The humidity is 300 00 g/m 2 · day or less - 138 - 1 3 · A liquid crystal display device characterized by having a liquid crystal cell and a polarizing plate, the polarizing plate having a polarizing film, and a pair of protection for holding the polarizing film a film having at least one of the protective films having a transparent support containing at least one Rth rising agent, and the alignment P defined by the following formula (A) calculated by the X-ray diffraction measurement of the transparent support is 〇 · 〇 5 to 0·30 optical compensation film. Ρ = &lt; 3 cos2p - 1 &gt; /2 Formula (A) 2 However, in the formula (A), CcosWs^CO, ;!:)cos2pi(p) si η β d β / J ( 0,π ) I ( β ) sin β d β, 200813500 In addition, in this formula, the angle formed by the incident surface of the X-ray incident X-ray and the direction in the plane of the transparent support is measured by the angle β. The diffraction intensity at 2 Θ = 8° in the X-ray diffraction pattern. The liquid crystal display device of claim 13, wherein the liquid crystal cell system is in a VA mode, a 〇CB mode, or an IPS mode. -139--139-
TW096126855A 2006-07-24 2007-07-24 Optical compensation film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display TWI420159B (en)

Applications Claiming Priority (1)

Application Number Priority Date Filing Date Title
JP2006201063 2006-07-24

Publications (2)

Publication Number Publication Date
TW200813500A true TW200813500A (en) 2008-03-16
TWI420159B TWI420159B (en) 2013-12-21

Family

ID=39221996

Family Applications (1)

Application Number Title Priority Date Filing Date
TW096126855A TWI420159B (en) 2006-07-24 2007-07-24 Optical compensation film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display

Country Status (2)

Country Link
KR (1) KR101332981B1 (en)
TW (1) TWI420159B (en)

Cited By (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI414844B (en) * 2010-07-15 2013-11-11 Au Optronics Corp Liquid crystal display panel
CN108594460A (en) * 2018-05-31 2018-09-28 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Structure light module and electronic equipment

Families Citing this family (2)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP7126306B2 (en) * 2017-12-06 2022-08-26 日東電工株式会社 Surface protective film and optical member with protective film
CN117452651B (en) * 2023-12-26 2024-04-02 厦门大学 Crystal face structure observer and observation method thereof

Family Cites Families (4)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
JP4248779B2 (en) 2001-08-02 2009-04-02 富士フイルム株式会社 Liquid crystal display
JP2005104149A (en) 2003-09-11 2005-04-21 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Cellulose acylate film, solution film forming method thereof and film product
JP2006091656A (en) 2004-09-27 2006-04-06 Fuji Photo Film Co Ltd Protective film for polarizing plate
JP4759365B2 (en) 2004-11-04 2011-08-31 富士フイルム株式会社 Cellulose acylate film, method for producing cellulose acylate film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device

Cited By (3)

* Cited by examiner, † Cited by third party
Publication number Priority date Publication date Assignee Title
TWI414844B (en) * 2010-07-15 2013-11-11 Au Optronics Corp Liquid crystal display panel
CN108594460A (en) * 2018-05-31 2018-09-28 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Structure light module and electronic equipment
CN108594460B (en) * 2018-05-31 2024-03-01 北京小米移动软件有限公司 Structured light module and electronic device

Also Published As

Publication number Publication date
TWI420159B (en) 2013-12-21
KR20080009659A (en) 2008-01-29
KR101332981B1 (en) 2013-11-25

Similar Documents

Publication Publication Date Title
KR101816459B1 (en) Phase difference film, polarization plate, and liquid crystal display device
TWI336408B (en) Polarizing plate and display
JP4440817B2 (en) An optically anisotropic film, a brightness enhancement film, a laminated optical film, and an image display device using them.
KR20080009195A (en) Optical film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
KR20160148653A (en) Laminate body and production method for same, polarizing plate, liquid crystal display device, organic el display device
US20090174846A1 (en) Polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device equipped with the same
JP2001166144A (en) Retardation enhancing agent for cellulose ester film, cellulose ester film, optical compensation sheet, elliptically polarizing film and liquid crystal display device
JP2008181091A (en) Optical laminate and liquid crystal panel using the same
JP2004226591A (en) Liquid crystal display device and polarizing plate
WO2019111880A1 (en) Long retardation film, long laminate, and image display device
TWI421597B (en) Optical film, optically compensatory film and polarizing plate and liquid crystal display using same
JP4413117B2 (en) Retardation film, polarizing plate, liquid crystal panel, liquid crystal display device and method for producing retardation film
TW200813500A (en) Optical compensation film and method of producing the same, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
KR20070041628A (en) Cellulose acylate film, optical compensation film, polarizer and liquid crystal display device
JP2007121996A (en) Optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate using the same, and liquid crystal display device
EP1831757B1 (en) VA-mode liquid crystal display device with optical compensation sheet and use of optical compensation sheet for optical compensation of VA-mode liquid crystal cell
TWI412843B (en) Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display
JP2008052267A (en) Optical compensation film, its manufacturing method, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
TWI356212B (en) Optical compensation film, liquid crystal display
CN115717078A (en) Liquid crystal composition, cured liquid crystal layer, optical film, polarizing plate, and image display device
JP4832796B2 (en) Optical compensation sheet, polarizing plate, and liquid crystal display device
JP2006285187A (en) Optical compensation film, polarizer, and liquid crystal display device
US7787084B2 (en) Optical compensation film, polarizing plate and liquid crystal display device
JP2007272136A (en) Liquid crystal display device
JP2007279158A (en) Optical compensation film, polarization plate and liquid crystal display device